Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Restaurants / Marston's

Marston's

mars · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mars
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Restaurants
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Marston's
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
M

a

r

s

t

o

n

’

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

making marston’s

THE PLACE 
TO BE

Marston’s PLC 
Annual Report and Accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

making marston’s
THE PLACE TO BE

Marston’s PLC is one of the UK’s top national 
pub businesses, operating 1,600 pubs and bars 
and 797 rooms. We are also the leading brewer 
of premium cask and bottled beers.

We’re rightly proud of our 180-year heritage  
but it is the passion of our 13,500 people,  
our high quality pubs and premium beers  
and our innovative spirit that will fuel our 
future growth.

We work in a fiercely competitive and challenging 
marketplace and we must ensure that our offer 
meets the changing needs of our customers, 
making our pubs and bars ‘the place to be’.  
To achieve this, excellent consistent customer 
service is paramount.

Equally, we remain focused on increasing 
returns through our vertically-integrated 
and flexible business model, and developing our 
pub and bar estate sustainably. 

1,600PUBS

25new beers

797rooms

13,500

employees

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

In THIS
REPORT

Strategic Report 

A Snapshot of 2015 
The Place to Be 
Chairman’s Statement 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Market Overview 
Our Business Model 
A Clear Strategy 
Our Strategic Pillars in Action 
Measuring Our Progress (KPIs) 
Operating Review 
Risks and Risk Management 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Performance and Financial Review 

Governance

Corporate Governance Report 
Board of Directors 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Other Statutory Information 
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

1
2 – 3
4
5
6 – 7
8 – 9
10
11 – 15
16 – 17
18 – 19
20 – 21
22 – 23
24 – 26

28 – 35
30 – 31
36 – 37
38
39 – 57
58 – 61
62 

Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report 
Group Accounts 
Notes to Group Accounts 
Independent Auditors’ Report  
Company Balance Sheet  
Notes to Company Accounts  
Five Year Record 

64 – 68
69 – 73
 74 – 112
113 – 114
115
116 – 124
125

additional Information

Information for Shareholders  
Glossary and Picture Reference  

126 – 127
128

A snapshot of 2015
(52 weeks ended 3 October 2015) 

•  Strong trading performance, underlying Group 

revenue up 7%

•  transformation of Pub estate well advanced, 

average profit per pub up to £100k

•  market-leading beer business continues to 

grow strongly

•  Underlying earnings per share up 10% to 12.9 pence

•  Final dividend, up 4.7% to 4.5 pence, reflecting 

progress and confidence in strategy

•  well positioned for growth in 2016

underlying* revenue

underlying* operating profit

£845.5m

£165.4m

underlying* PROFIT before tax

total dividend per share

£91.5m

7.0p

*  The underlying results reflect the performance of the Group before exceptional and other adjusting items. 

The Directors consider that these figures provide a useful indication of the underlying performance of the Group.

THE PLACE TO BE FOR INVESTORS
This year we have incorporated material on our people and community 
involvement into our main narrative report. Additional Corporate Responsibility 
information can be found on our website. 

For full year-end press release, preliminary results presentation,  
webcast and video of summary of the year, visit:
www.marstons.co.uk/corporate

1

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

The place to be
Across the nation

NATIONAL COVERAGE with a growing, quality estate
We operate across the UK and are focused on developing a high quality estate. We have around 1,600 pubs and bars 
and are on track to further improve the quality of our estate through planned new-builds and disposals.

Key

Destination and Premium 

Taverns 

Leased 

Rooms 

Breweries 

397

859

341

797

5

Penny Hedge, 
Whitby

Sweet Chestnut, 
Dunfermline

Scotland

11

54

NORTH of 
england

89

1

261

129

102

midlands

134

2

430

wales

29

88

100

217

173

24

134

2

68

309

42

South of 
england

2

Marston’s Brewery, 
Burton upon Trent

Gunn Inn, 
West Sussex

Pitcher & Piano, 
Swansea

25new pub-restaurants 

opened in 2015

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

The place to be
For drinking, eating 
And staying

KNOWING WHAT OUR CUSTOMERS WANT – AND ACTING ON IT
Our innovative spirit and keen knowledge of customer trends allows us to pioneer new ideas, products and formats 
to ensure that we stand out in an increasingly competitive market.

Premium Bottled 
Ale (PBA) Report

Our annual PBA Report published in 
April 2015 revealed that six bottles of 
Premium Bottled Ale are consumed 
every second in the UK: one in five 
is a Marston’s brand. 

new-builds 
driving growth

We have further extended our trading 
geography to southern England and 
Scotland with new pub-restaurants.

75 Rooms 
added in 2015 

Three new lodges opened during the 
period and five more are planned 
for 2015/16. Look out for our new 
Marston’s Inns website. 

beer innovation 
and collaboration

Our collaboration with Help for 
Heroes, an ale created by three 
injured veterans in partnership with 
Marston’s, has helped raise in excess 
of £100,000. 

3

pub of the future 
(POTF)

The POTF Board has been working 
on its recommendations for a pub 
that will attract the next generation of 
pub-goers. We will be making some of 
their ideas a reality.

food innovations/ 
development

We have been developing our food 
to suit more informal occasions and 
flexible mealtimes. From better 
burgers and pizzas to ‘Brinner’ and 
mini-dish combinations.

community 
pub innovation

To celebrate our cask ale heritage 
our Masters of Cask platform aims to 
widen the appeal of cask ale across 
our pubs to a younger audience. 

drinks range

As well as our own-brewed ales, 
our wines, spirits, cocktails and 
non-alcoholic drinks are evolving 
to meet consumer trends. This 
includes bottomless soft drinks in 
Generous George.

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Chairman’s statement

the transformation of our pub 
portfolio is largely complete and has 
created significant shareholder value. 
Since 2009 we have opened 
134 new  pub-restaurants.

OVERVIEW
Our results demonstrate that we made good progress in 2015, 
with turnover up 7.4% to £845.5 million, and underlying profit 
before taxation up 10.2% to £91.5 million. In this report we 
highlight improved leverage, return on capital and growth, 
demonstrating the effectiveness of our strategy.

Our strategy to grow through investment in new-build pub-
restaurants and sell smaller wet-led pubs has been consistent 
over several years, and has contributed to the transformation 
of the business into a national pub operator. It has also 
contributed to a significant improvement in the quality of our 
pub estate as reflected in the 40% increase in average profit 
per pub since 2012 and, as a consequence, created significant 
shareholder value.

This year, we allocated more capital to Premium pubs and 
lodges, exploiting skills and assets already present in the 
Marston’s business and I anticipate that will continue in 2016. 
Investment for the future will remain a key component of 
our plans.

In Brewing, our strategy remains consistent with increased 
consumer demand for choice, quality and provenance in beer. 
The acquisition of Thwaites’ beer business in April 2015 further 
strengthened our market-leading ale brand portfolio in a 
growing segment of the market.

Operational effectiveness is critical; we continue to work hard to 
ensure that our pubs are attractive in a very competitive leisure 
market and to build on our excellent portfolio of beers. We have 
performed ahead of our peers in pubs and in brewing, so there 
is clear evidence that our operational focus is working.

BOARD
The appointments of Carolyn Bradley and Catherine Glickman 
as Non-executive Directors this year added marketing and 
people skills to the Board. This contributed to the development 

of our strategic plans, the level of challenge and balance of 
the Board. We have a good blend of skills and experience on 
the Board and expect all Directors to contribute effectively to 
governance matters and our business development.

DIVIDEND
We have a progressive dividend policy linked to earnings, 
while targeting dividend cover of two times over the medium 
term. The proposed final dividend of 4.5 pence per share 
provides a total dividend for the year of 7.0 pence per share, 
and represents a 4.5% increase on 2014. The proposed 4.5% 
increase is supported by strong earnings growth and improved 
dividend cover. Dividend cover was 1.8 times (2014: 1.7 times).

PEOPLE
These results reflect the hard work of all who have worked for 
Marston’s this year and their contributions are appreciated. 
We now have around 13,500 employees across the Group; I am 
confident that our plans to make Marston’s ‘The Place to Be’ 
and put people at the heart of all we do will reflect their value 
to our business and will offer good opportunities for further 
development and training.

OUTLOOK
The effective implementation of our clear, differentiated 
strategy together with good governance and ensuring that 
shareholder interests are paramount are the main areas of 
focus for the Board. I am confident that this will lead to the 
continued creation of shareholder value and that our strategy is 
appropriate for current market conditions.

Roger Devlin
Chairman

4

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Chief executive’s statement

earnings growth across all of our 
business segments with a high quality 
portfolio of pub assets and a market-
leading beer business.

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW
We have achieved earnings growth across all of our business 
segments, with double digit growth in underlying earnings, 
demonstrating further good progress in implementing our 
strategy. The three-year transformation of our pub portfolio 
is now largely complete and we enter 2016 with a high quality 
portfolio of pub assets which are fit for the future.

STRATEGY OVERVIEW
Our strategy has been consistent over a number of years and is 
focused on the ongoing improvement in the quality of our pub 
estate through the continuation of our new-build programme 
and the disposal of lower-end pubs which no longer have a 
sustainable future. We operate a pub estate that caters for a 
broad range of customers, with flexible operating models.

In Brewing, our focus remains on growing our portfolio of 
premium and regional beers, as this is the growth segment 
of the market and we believe in the importance of local 
provenance backed up by significant distribution capabilities.

People come first at Marston’s: we want Marston’s to be ‘The 
Place to Be’ for our customers and for all our employees.

Read more about our strategy in action on pages 10 to 19.

KEY EVENTS
During the period we opened 25 pub-restaurants and we 
completed the acquisition of Thwaites’ beer division, including 
the Wainwright and Lancaster Bomber brands, for a total cash 
consideration of £25.2 million before working capital.

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
Total underlying revenue increased by 7.4% from 2014 reflecting 
like-for-like growth in our pubs, the impact of new openings, 
growth in our beer brands and the acquisition of Thwaites’ 
beer business.

Underlying profit before tax was up 10.2% to £91.5 million 
(2014: £83.0 million) principally reflecting the contribution from 
new pub-restaurants and a strong performance from Brewing. 
Basic underlying earnings per share for the period increased by 
10.3% to 12.9 pence per share (2014: 11.7 pence per share). 

Net debt at the period end was £1,245 million. Excluding property 
leases net debt amounted to £1,043 million of long-term, 
structured finance with a stable repayment profile and no 
exposure to increases in interest rates.

Read more in the Performance and Financial Review on pages 
24 to 26.

CURRENT TRADING AND OUTLOOK
The year has started well, with both pub trading and beer 
volumes in line with expectations. At this early stage in the 
year we remain confident of achieving our targets for the full 
financial year and are on track to complete the new-build and 
lodge expansion plans which, together with the disposal of the 
remainder of our identified disposal assets, we expect to further 
increase our return on capital employed and to improve the 
quality of our business.

In April 2016, the National Living Wage will increase to £7.20 
per hour for employees over 25. Approximately 60% of our 
people are under the age of 25 and we have previously indicated 
that the financial impact, compared to our existing plans, will 
be moderate. Our focus will centre on improving the quality of 
service to mitigate further the impact of the cost increase.

Ralph Findlay
Chief Executive Officer

5

 
Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Market Overview
we operate in three distinct and attractive 
consumer markets. Our market insight 
guides our investment decisions and 
capital allocation.

EAT

Our pubs offer a variety 
of eating-out options 
and experiences from 
snacking and grazing to 
Sunday roasts.

DRINK

Our pubs and breweries 
offer something for all 
types of drinkers, suiting 
different occasions.

STAY

Our rooms offer great 
value and convenience for 
business and leisure visits.

TRENDS

OPPORTUNITIES

•  Customers want healthy options and 

treats to choose from

•  Flexible menus that offer 
customisation of meals

•  Being famous for the food we 

sell differentiates Marston’s in a 
crowded market

•  The growing eating-out market 
is driven by increased frequency, 
particularly amongst the younger 
age groups

•  Top three factors when choosing where 
to eat: food quality, value and location

•  Traditional meal patterns have given 
way to more informal eating and 
service, at different times of the day

•  Customers want more than just a meal: 
a wow factor to create an experience 
worth sharing

TRENDS

OPPORTUNITIES

•  Customers are seeking out premium 

•  We have diversified our premium 

products that deliver better quality and 
something special

range beyond ales into lagers, wines 
and spirits

•  Cask ale is in growth

•  Customers like provenance, 
authenticity and localness

•  A growing demand for an increased 
choice of premium drinks including 
soft drinks

•  We have over 5,000 free trade 

customers for whom we can offer a 
one-stop drinks solution

•  As the largest cask brewer in the world 

we have the insight and innovation 
capability to lead growth, as well as the 
provenance and localness appeal

•  Cocktails, mocktails and shakes offer 

our pub customers a wow factor

TRENDS

OPPORTUNITIES

•  The UK hotel market continues to grow 

•  Our new-build pubs are located in 

with more budget accommodation 
on offer

•  Regional hotel performance is as 

strong as London 

•  Occupancy and revenue growth is 

areas where there is an expected high 
flow of people: whether that be where 
they live, work, shop or play

•  Focus in regional towns and cities to 

add profitable room capacity

fuelled by more UK business travel and 
families taking short breaks in the UK

•  Building adjacent lodges enhances the 

food and drink trade in that pub

•  Budget hotels account for 34% 
of the UK hotel market and are 
outperforming the rest of the sector

•  Everyday budget pricing promotes trust 

and frequency of stay

6

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

OUR RESPONSE

EATING-OUT SALES GROWTH

•  Clear signposting on our menus 
helps customers build a more 
personalised meal

19.9

•  We have increased the choice of dishes 

beyond traditional meals

•  Rotisserie chicken, carvery and pizzas 

offer further growth opportunities

11.4

10.5

•  Greater focus on training around new 

2.4

2.4

2.5

menus ensures we get our dishes right 
every time

2013

2014

2015

Market %

Marston’s %

OUR RESPONSE

PBA SALES (CBR*)

•  Development of craft beers that appeal 

to new and existing customers

•  We are the exclusive supplier of 

two premium world lagers

•  We have revived the W.H. Milner brand 
as a specialist supplier of wines and 
spirits to our brewing customers

•  We are testing a new range of blended 

and mixed soft drinks in our pubs

196,577

164,786

167,274

2013

2014

2015

•  Ice cream cabinets will serve up cola 

floats and other new drinks in our pubs

*  Composite barrels

OUR RESPONSE

ROOM INCOME YIELD GROWTH

•  Rooms are a fast-growing revenue 

stream and we have plans to develop 
and expand our capacity

•  We are building five new lodges 

(135 rooms) in 2016

•  All offer parking, Wi-Fi and breakfast at 

no additional cost

•  Relaunch of the Marston’s Inns  

website with improved content, search 
and booking functionality

2.7%

2013

14.5%

12.5%

2014

2015

7

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
Beer, pubs & rooms

Creating value through a vertically – 
integrated business model

Our markets are complex and fast-moving but our core 
business model is simple and has stood the test of time. 
We make good beer and we run good pubs. The benefits of 
our vertically-integrated model include greater opportunities; 
cost efficiencies, and reduced operating risks.

But we need to move with the times. That’s why you’ll see us 
selling premium beers to supermarkets, creating innovative food 
menus and gaining a foothold in the hotel business. This attracts 
customers to our establishments and meets the demand for 
more innovative products and services – but we never lose sight 
of our core model.

Beer
We have a permanent range 
of 23 cask beers and brew 
over 40 guest ales every year 
on a seasonal basis.

How this adds value
Our own-brewed beers 
reflect and strengthen 
our regional provenance, 
increase brand awareness at 
home and increase footfall in 
our pubs and bars.

PUBS
We operate pubs and bars under 
different ownership models – 
managed, franchised, tenanted  
and leased 

How this adds value
This maximises our operating 
flexibility and ensures that we  
are best placed to apply our 
consumer insights throughout  
the business. We invest in  
new-build pub-restaurants which 
meet increasing demand for  
informal dining, and align  
our community pubs to the  
changing needs of today’s  
pub customers.

Rooms
We offer accommodation 
in around 800 rooms in 
pubs or standalone lodges. 
In 2015 we opened three 
lodges and expect to open 
five in 2016.

How this adds value
Budget accommodation is 
a growing market, and we 
are able to make the most 
of well-positioned pubs 
and sites through rooms. 
Visitors also contribute to 
trade in the pub.

WHAT WE  
NEED TO 
NURTURE 
for our 
model  
to work:

STRONG 
Research and 
Development SKILLS, 
INNOVATIVE SPIRIT 
and MARKET INSIGHT

Engaged 
colleagues 
and lessees 
through wow*

Valued and 
recognised 
brands

Strong 
community 
relationships

the right culture

8

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Who benefits?

Customers
Pubs and menus to suit all occasions 

Offer good value for money and 
premium experiences

Continual food development  
and innovation

Government
Over £350 million tax generated

Signed up to UK Government Public 
Health Responsibility Deal pledges

THE Environment 
Year on year reduction in average 
energy use and CO2 emissions per pub 
through investment in technology, 
design and behaviours

Over 97% of waste produced in our 
breweries is recycled

Investors
£111.3 million dividends paid in the last 
three years

54% increase in shareholder value 
since 2012 

Accredited member of FTSE4Good†

our people 
13,500 people employed

Over 1,800 accredited qualifications 
achieved by our people

Award-winning employee 
recognition scheme

Community
Partnered with over 700 pubs to 
raise c£600,000 in Give Back week

Pub is the Hub sponsor

Responsible drinking promotions

SUPPLIERS
We have a loyal, trusted supplier base, 
many of whom are family owned and enjoy 
a close working relationship with us

For more information about how we maximise 
our value creation by following our strategy 
see page 10

† An index that measures a company’s environmental, social and governance practices.

*Ways of Working (WOW)

We know that if our people feel good, they will operate at their best which in turn 
results in consistent, quality products and services we can be truly proud of and 
that differentiate us in our competitive markets.

• People come first at Marston’s – making people feel good is what we’re all about, whether 

that’s our customers, our employees or our suppliers.

• We work as one team, ensuring our people feel empowered to play their part in exceeding 

our customers’ expectations.

• Listening, understanding and responding in the right way is important to us as it 

demonstrates that we care, not just about what we do but the way we do it.

• Our people are proud of our heritage, passionate about the future and continually strive to 

make Marston’s a success.

9

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

A clear strategy
our strategy supports our 
overall aim

our aim is to make Marston’s  
‘The Place to be’ for:

£

Our customers
We want our customers to visit us and 
then come back time and time again

Our people
We want to recruit and retain the 
best people in the industry

Our investors
We want to attract the highest quality 
investment in our sector

In order to achieve this aim, we remained focused on the following five strategic pillars:

Our five 
strategic pillars

Why this is 
important

How are we 
progressing

Operating a high 
quality pub estate

1

The new-build programme remains 
our key growth driver. Our 134 new 
pub-restaurants generate high 
levels of profitability and valuation 
uplifts that create significant 
shareholder value.

The three-year transformation 
of our pub portfolio towards an 
optimal estate is now largely 
complete. In 2015 we opened 25 
pub-restaurants and disposed of 
117 smaller wet-led pubs.

2

Operating a range 
of pub brands 
and formats

Whilst new-build, food-led pubs 
remain our core growth driver, our 
strategy has evolved to capitalise upon 
other opportunities for expansion 
where the returns are attractive.

Around 78% of profits are from 
managed or franchise-style pubs. 
The remainder operate under the 
model most likely to maximise sales 
and profits in that pub.

3

Offering value for 
money, great food 
and drink, and 
category innovation

Customers are looking for a premium 
experience in an informal setting 
at any time of the day and our offer 
needs to keep attracting them.

In 2015 we continued to develop and 
evolve our food offers: with 20 more 
Pizza Kitchens and the introduction of 
burrito bars and Revere’s new better 
burgers and pizzas.

How we are 
measuring this

– New-builds completed 

– Underlying earnings per share

– CROCCE

– Average profit per pub

See pages 16 – 17

– Free cash flow

–  Like-for-like sales versus market 

(Destination and Premium)

– Average profit per pub

See pages 16 – 17

– No. of main meals served

–  Like-for-like sales versus market 

(Destination and Premium)

See page 17

4

5

Leadership in the UK 
beer market

Consumers seek a wide choice of 
beers with local provenance and 
taste. Our portfolio of market-leading 
brands focuses on the growth 
segments of the market.

Our growing portfolio of premium, 
craft and regional beers is supported 
by significant distribution capabilities 
and a local approach to our brands.

–  Market share of premium  

cask ale

–  Market share of premium  

bottled ale

Our people - Marston’s
- ‘The Place to Be’

If our people feel good and enjoy what 
they do, our customers will feel the 
benefits, enjoying and buying more of 
our products more frequently.

We’re in the early stages of 
implementing a new People Strategy 
across the business that aims to 
recruit, retain and develop the very 
best people.

See page 17

– Employee engagement

See page 17

FINANCIAL DISCIPLINE UNDERPINS OUR STRATEGIC GROWTH
To ensure our growth is sustainable and profitable we remain focused on maximising the return from our capital. CROCCE (Cash 
Return on Cash Capital Employed) is a key measure for all strategic investment and an important remuneration measure.

 For more on how we reward our Directors based on our KPIs see page 39

10

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

OUR Strategic Pillars in action

1 Operating a high  

quality pub estate 

BUILDING PUB-RESTAURANTS
In our Destination business, we have opened over 130 pub-restaurants since 2009, 
offering family dining at reasonable prices. These pubs generate high turnover, 
with target sales of £25,000 per week and a food sales mix in excess of 60%. 
We have an experienced site acquisition team and a well-established site selection 
process. As a consequence this expansionary investment has generated consistent 
returns and we have extended our trading geography to include southern England 
and Scotland. New pub investment creates significant value for shareholders as 
demonstrated in the pub estate valuation that took place in the financial year. 
We opened 25 pub-restaurants in 2015, creating 1,250 jobs, and expect to open at 
least 20 per annum for the foreseeable future, including our first new-build Taverns 
pub in 2016.

BROADER INVESTMENT IN PREMIUM PUBS 
AND ACCOMMODATION
In addition to the investment described above, we believe there is further 
opportunity to grow both our Premium pub business and accommodation. In 2015 
we successfully converted two pubs from the existing estate to our Revere format 
and opened three lodges adjacent to new-build pub-restaurants. Organic room 
income has been consistently strong with sales growth exceeding 50% over 
the last three years and we anticipate similar trends in the future with growth 
in leisure and business visitors. Looking forward, we expect to continue this 
expansion with two Premium bars and at least five lodges opening per annum.

INVESTMENT IN AREAS LESS EXPOSED  
TO COMPETITOR OVER-SUPPLY
We are operating in a market where there is currently a high level of investment 
in new supply, particularly in branded casual dining. It is estimated that in 2015 
around 2,000 new outlets will open in the UK eating-out sector in a market that is 
growing moderately. Our investment is targeted in areas that are less exposed to 
this intense competition, particularly in market towns where there is unlikely to 
be significant additional investment over and above a new pub or lodge.

DISPOSAL OF SMALLER WET-LED PUBS
We disposed of 117 pubs and other assets during the year generating proceeds 
of £70 million. The disposal programme is substantially complete, although a 
normal level of estate churn will continue.

Since 2013, when we announced an acceleration in our disposal plans, we 
have reduced the size of the pubs estate from 2,050 pubs to a core 1,600 pubs. 
Importantly, average profit per pub, a good indicator of pub quality, has  
increased to around £100,000 per pub, up around 40% since 2012.

11

CONTINUED GROWTH OF 
THE FRANCHISE MODEL
We pioneered the introduction of 
franchise-style agreements into the 
pub sector. Our view remains that the 
franchise operating model improves 
the customer experience, attracts 
quality franchisees to Marston’s and 
enhances earnings in our community 
pubs. In 2015, we introduced 
franchise-style agreements into 
a further 80 pubs. This year our 
most successful franchisees have 
generated turnover levels similar to 
those in the Destination estate and 
the first multiple franchisees have 
been appointed.

The franchise model now operates in 
550 pubs and it remains our intention 
to convert the remaining pubs in the 
Taverns estate to this model over the 
next few years. We are also evaluating 
the potential for franchise-style 
agreements in the Destination estate.

The Farmhouse, Mackworth

core pub estate

c.1,600

average profit per pub

£100,000

 
Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

OUR Strategic Pillars in action
continued

2 Operating a range of pub brands 

and formats

Around 78% of profits from our pubs are now generated by managed or franchise-style pubs in which Marston’s has direct 
control over the retail offer ensuring that we are better able to deliver consistent service, standards and value across the 
estate. This proportion will continue to increase as we build more pubs and convert most of the remaining tenanted pubs 
to franchise-style agreements.

We operate a pub estate that caters for a broad range of customers, with flexible operating models. As a consequence we 
ensure we have the right consumer offer, accompanied by the most appropriate operating model to maximise sales and profits 
for each individual pub. The key elements of this are as follows:

DESTINATION 360 PUBS 
Our Destination pubs offer family dining 
at reasonable prices, with excellent 
service in a relaxed pub environment. 
We operate two principal brands - 
Marston’s ‘Two for One’, and ‘Milestone 
Rotisserie’. The food sales mix of this 
business is 58%.

PREMIUM PUBS AND 
BARS 37 PUBS
Our Pitcher & Piano bars and Revere 
pubs offer premium food and drink in 
attractive town centre and suburban 
locations. The food sales mix is 28%.

Pen Y Bont, Mold

Pitcher & Piano, Swansea

TAVERNS 859 PUBS
Our community pubs include franchised 
pubs, managed pubs and tenancies. 
Over the next two to three years we 
expect that most of our Taverns pubs 
will be operated under our franchise 
model. Typically, these are wet-led pubs 
although food sales represented 17% of 
sales in 2015.

LEASED PUBS 341 PUBS 
These distinctive pubs benefit from 
a greater degree of independence 
and committed licensees. 
The leased model, with longer-term 
assignable agreements, attracts 
skilled entrepreneurs who build 
value through developing their own 
businesses. We contribute through our 
expertise in attracting the right lessee, 
dealing in a fair manner and providing 
business support. 

MARSTON’S INNS
We offer high quality accommodation 
in 44 pubs within the Destination and 
Premium segment. In total, we have 
around 800 rooms including three 
lodges which opened during the 
financial year. 

Goodfellowship Inn, Hull

Penny Hedge, Whitby

12

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

3 Offering value for money, great food 

and drink, and category innovation

GREAT FOOD
As described on page 11, the sector is seeing an unprecedented level of new 
outlet expansion and competition and it is therefore critical that we maintain a 
quality food offer that has broad appeal to all age groups and demographics. 
Traditional pub favourites, such as fish and chips, will always be staple classics 
on our menus but it is also important that we continue to develop and evolve 
our food offers and introduce new tastes and flavours. In 2015 we continued the 
rollout of Pizza Kitchen which now operates in 40 pubs, and introduced burrito 
bars. Our new better burger and pizza concept in Revere is proving extremely 
popular with very encouraging initial trading. We expect to maintain this pace of 
food development for the foreseeable future. 

VALUE
Our customers value a great experience 
and great value for money, and 
reward us for getting the offer right 
through higher frequency of visits and 
increasing spend per head. Value is not 
defined by price alone – we do not aim 
to offer the lowest prices in the market 
– but also reflects ambience, service 
and amenity. We monitor customer 
feedback through a range of formal  
and informal mechanisms.

40pizza kitchens  

operate in our pubs

To read more about our approach to food, visit our website www.marstons.co.uk

GREAT DRINKS
We aim to ensure that our drinks range appeals to a broad audience, whilst 
introducing new brands and styles reflecting current market trends – in beer,  
wines and spirits, as well as non-alcoholic drinks.

In our pubs, premium beers now account for over 55% of beer sold. Through  
our Masters of Cask initiative in Taverns we are aspiring to be regarded as the best 
place locally for beer range and quality. In other drinks categories we have also 
made good progress. We now sell 15 million glasses of wine and coffee  
sales continue to grow with 5 million cups of coffee sold last year. In our  
Revere pubs, cocktails now account for 9% of drinks sales, demonstrating  
the importance of offering a premium drinks experience to our customers.

To read more about our approach to alcohol and responsible retailing visit 
our website www.marstons.co.uk

13

premium beers

>55%of total beer sales

5m

cups of coffee sold

15m

glasses of wine sold

 
Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

OUR Strategic Pillars in action
continued

4 Leadership in  

the uk beer market 

Recent trends in the UK beer market have seen consumers seeking a wider choice 
of beers with local provenance and taste, including craft beers. The growth of the 
UK eating-out market has also seen a shift to premium beers and a preference for 
quality. In addition, we saw growth in the off-trade, with the strongest growth in the 
premium bottled ale segment.

We have benefited from these trends with our wide portfolio of beers from five 
breweries, a national distribution network and local approach to our beer brands. 
Almost one in five premium bottled ales and around one in five premium cask ales 
in the UK are Marston’s brands. Over the last 10 years, our mix of premium ales 
has increased by 30% to around 70% of sales and the mix of sales to the off-trade 
has increased by 25% to 55%.

CATEGORY LEADERSHIP
As recognised category leaders, we work hard with our customers to improve the 
overall performance of the category and through the publication of the annual 
Cask Ale Report and the Premium Bottled Ale Report, provide valuable insight into 
current and future trends. Our role as category leaders has been recognised across 
the industry, with our beers receiving 24 awards, the Publican National Cask Ale 
Supplier of the Year and the Marketing Week award for the Pedigree campaign in 
the year.

Our marketing activity reflects the inherent character of our brands. Hobgoblin, 
our largest brand, is famous as the ‘Unofficial Beer of Halloween’. In addition, the 
brand has benefited from high visibility at music festivals throughout the summer 
and has a prominent social media standing, with 200,000 Facebook followers and 
over half a million views of our 2015 Halloween campaign. Regionally, we support 
local brands through sponsorship of events including the New Forest Show, the 
Henley Regatta and the Keswick Jazz Festival.

INNOVATION
Innovation is also key to maintaining our competitive advantage. During the year 
we introduced 25 new beers into the market including Hobgoblin Gold, which 
has achieved annual volumes of around 20,000 barrels since launch, and recent 
launches of Pedigree New World, Shipyard IPA and the Revisionist craft range have 
also proved popular. 

We continue to seek appropriate additions to the portfolio. During the period we 
completed the acquisition of Thwaites’ beer division, including the Wainwright and 
Lancaster Bomber brands, for a total cash consideration of £25.2 million before 
working capital. The acquisition is consistent with our strategy to focus on popular 
premium ale brands and provides further opportunities for growth in the developing 
free trade market.

14

Our Classic Ales and Golden Ales mix packs 
feature some of our most popular bottled ales 
and are available to buy in supermarkets and 
our brewery shops.

200,000

HOBGOBLIN facebook 
followers

Stunning performance for Hobgoblin Gold 
since launch

25new beers launched  

last year

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

5 Our People  

– Marston’s – ‘The Place to Be’

Marston’s employs around 13,500 people and although many businesses claim that ‘people are our most important asset’, 
it is the case that nothing makes a bigger difference to our business than our people.

We want Marston’s to be ‘The Place to Be’ for our customers and for all our employees. Following the appointment of a Group 
People Director earlier this year we have reviewed and reinvigorated our approach to ways of working, aiming to modernise 
and build on the excellent values and culture the business has developed over many years. There are three key components to 
our People Strategy: investment in training and development, recruit the best people and keep people at the heart.

581

Apprenticeships completed

1,250new jobs

INVESTMENT IN TRAINING 
AND DEVELOPMENT
We have a strong, caring and 
collegiate culture at Marston’s. 
We take time to listen, understand 
and take action. Our people are 
trusted and empowered to play their 
part in exceeding our customers’ 
expectations and in turn we 
support the development of their 
skills and careers in partnership. 
We are committed to training: this 
year one in four employees received 
accredited training, covering a wide 
range of skills from pub to Wines 
& Spirits Education Trust, finance, 
Chartered Management Institute, 
brewing and degree courses. 
Around 60% of our people are below 
the age of 25 and this year we have 581 
completing apprenticeships in addition 
to the 1,147 completed in the last 
three years. 

COMMUNITY
Our pubs are often regarded as the hub of a community and, as such, we want to 
support our customers and the causes that are important to them. That’s why our 
employees work hard to raise funds for worthy, local charities throughout the year. 
It’s our way of giving back and helping to make a difference locally. 

HEALTH AND SAFETY
The health and safety of our employees, customers and the general public is 
treated with the utmost importance. A description of our systems and policy are 
available on our website.

RECRUIT THE BEST 
PEOPLE
Differentiation is essential in our 
industry and we recognise that the 
way our people think, feel and act will 
make Marston’s stand out. As such, we 
aim to recruit, retain and develop the 
very best people, who can truly deliver 
best practice, bring fresh thinking and 
have the passion and drive to help our 
business go from strength to strength.

PEOPLE AT THE HEART
People come first at Marston’s – 
making people feel good is what we’re 
all about, whether that’s our team, our 
customers, or our suppliers. By keeping 
people at the heart of the business 
we ensure they are engaged and loyal 
in all they do. We act as one team, 
proud of our history and always striving 
for success.

To read more about our people, our community involvement and our approach to Health and Safety, visit our website 
www.marstons.co.uk

15

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

measuring our progress
Our Key Performance Indicators

We have a range of financial and 
non-financial KPIs to help us stay 
focused on our strategy and align 
remuneration to performance

FINANCIAL KPIs

Average profit per pub

Why we have chosen this KPI
A measure of our success in 
creating quality pubs that match 
customers’ needs.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillars: #1 and #2 
Risk 3 (investment plans)
Annual bonus measure – Group profit 

Progress

£79k

£87k

KPI

£100k

Why we have chosen this KPI
A key driver of shareholder value 
and reflects progress made on 
investments, disposals and profitability 
of our core estate.

CROCCE

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillars: #1 and #2 
Risk 1 (economic) and  
3 (investment plans)
Annual bonus and LTIP measure

2013

2014

2015

KPI

Progress

10.5%

10.5%

10.8%

Free cash flow (FCF)

KPI

2013

2014

2015

Why we have chosen this KPI
Free Cash Flow is a measure of cash 
generated and available to reinvest in 
the business; to return to shareholders 
in the form of dividends; and to 
repay debt.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillar #1
Risk 2 (regulatory) and  
6 (financial covenants)
LTIP measure

Progress

£85.6m

£89.6m

£48.6m

2013

2014

2015

underlying Earnings per share (EPS)

KPI

Why we have chosen this KPI
A widely-used profitability and 
valuation measure.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillar #1
Risk 2 (regulatory) and  
3 (investment plans)
Forms part of LTIP measure – 
relative TSR

16

Progress

12.0p

11.7p

12.9p

2013

2014

2015

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

NON-FINANCIAL KPIs

New-builds completed

KPI

Why we have chosen this KPI
The programme is a key driver of 
profit and returns growth within our 
business. Our plan is to open 20 per 
annum in future, spending around 
£65 million per annum.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillar #1
Risk 1 (economic), 
3 (investment plans), 4 (IT) and  
6 (financial covenants)
Impacts bonus measure of Group profit

Progress

27

25

22

2013

2014

2015

Like-for-like sales versus market 
(Destination and Premium)

KPI

Why we have chosen this KPI
Our aim is to make Marston’s ‘The 
Place to Be’ and the best way to 
measure this is to compare our like-
for-like sales performance against 
the market (based on the Coffer Peach 
Business Tracker).

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillars #1 and #3

Risk 4 (IT) and 5 (staff and licensees)

Impacts bonus measure of Group profit

Progress

1.60%

1.60%

0.90%

2013

2014

2015

No. of main meals served

KPI

Why we have chosen this KPI
A key volume indicator of growth in 
food, it provides the foundation from 
which increased spend per head can 
be achieved through starters, desserts 
and coffee. It includes all managed and 
franchised pubs.

* Restated to include franchise.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillar #3

Risk 1 (economic), 4 (IT) and 5 (staff 
and licensees)

Impacts bonus measure of Group profit

Progress

32.7m*

34.7m*

36.9m

2013

2014

2015

Market share of premium ale

KPI

Why we have chosen 
this KPI
We seek to maintain our lead 
in the premium cask and 
bottled ale market through 
innovation, quality and range 
of beers. This measure allows 
us to compare our relative 
performance to competitors.

How it links to strategy,  
risk and remuneration
Pillar #4
Risk 2 (regulatory)
Impacts bonus measure of 
Group profit

Progress

CASK ALE %

BOTTLED ALE %

17.9%

16.4%

17.6%

23.1%

21.4%

21.7%

2013

2014

2015

2013

2014

2015

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

KPI

Why we have chosen this KPI
We believe that if our employees are 
engaged with us and our strategy this 
will reflect in our engagement with 
customers and result in great service.

How it links to strategy, risk 
and remuneration
Pillar #5
Risk 5 (staff and licensees)

Progress

81%

79%

*  Following feedback from our employees and changes in our HR leadership, we have reviewed 
and improved our employee survey process. Our next survey will take place in Spring 2016.

2013

2014

2015*

17

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

operating review

destination and premium
Overview: larger food-led managed pubs, premium bars and dining, accommodation 
Key brands: Marston’s Two for One, Milestone Rotisserie, Pitcher & Piano, Revere 
Typical customers: Value seekers or those looking for a Premium experience

focus

Objectives

Progress

plans

•  Estate development: high 
quality national estate
•  Offers a range of trading 

formats, brands and rooms

•  Consumer focus on value 

for money

• 500 sites by 2019

• Continue to develop principal 

brands and formats

• Continue to improve service and 
standards through investment 
in our pubs and our people 

• 134 pub-restaurants 
opened in eight years

• 20 pub-restaurants, two Premium bars 

and five lodges per annum

• Food sales now 58% 
of sales in Destination

• LFL sales and margin 

growth in last four years

• Maintain value offers

• Expand Premium pubs

KEY FACTS 2015

397

pubs and bars

10,238

employees

437,000

Average pints 

£83.6m

operating profit representing 

sold per week

51% of underlying Group 

operating profit

TAVERNs
Overview: community pub estate of smaller managed, franchised and tenanted pubs 
Key brands: a licensee who connects with their community and knows their customers  
Typical customers: those wanting to drink, socialise and be entertained

focus

Objectives

Progress

plans

•  Making community pubs the 
heart of their local community

•  Offer great drink, food and 

entertainment

•  Low barriers to entry, 

simple model

KEY FACTS 2015

• Target licensee stability rate 

• 550 sites under  

• 200 franchise conversions planned

of 90%

franchise

•  Convert all pubs to managed 
or franchised within four years

•  LFL sales growth out-
performing the market

•  Dispose of smaller wet- 

•  117 pubs disposed of 

led pubs

in 2015

•  Develop appropriate food offers

•  100 disposals next year

859

pubs and bars

1,479

employees

1.2m

Average pints 

£55.9m

operating profit representing 

sold per week

34% of underlying Group 

operating profit

18

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Leased
Overview: Independently-run pubs 
Key brands: exceptional service and high quality offers from skilled entrepreneurs 
Typical customers: those looking for a different and individual offer

focus

Objectives

Progress

plans

•  Stable estate run by high 
quality entrepreneurs

• Target licensee stability 

• Full flexibility on rates and 

rate of 90%

beer pricing

• Continue to develop 
strong relationships

•  Flexible agreements, purchasing 
power and pub experience offers 
support and choice

•  Growth through stable 

•  Rental income growing

•  Targeted investment to drive 

relationships

•  Retention rate >90%

profit growth

KEY FACTS 2015

341

Pubs and bars

91%

Licensee 

365,000

Average pints sold 

£23.8m

Operating profit representing 

stability rate

per week

14% of underlying Group 

operating profit

Brewing
Overview: five breweries producing a wide portfolio of cask beers 
Key brands: Hobgoblin, Marston’s Pedigree, Wainwright, Ringwood, Brakspear, Banks’s  
Typical customers: discerning and knowledgeable drinkers out-of-home (pubs, clubs and 
bars) and at home 

focus

Objectives

Progress

plans

•  Premium cask and bottled ale 

• To be the category 

leader for premium cask 
and bottled ale

•  Innovate to maintain 

competitive advantage

• Circa one in five bottles 
and one in five casks 
are Marston’s

•  Premium ales  

>55% of off-trade sales

• Maintain segment market leader 
status and grow market share

•  Expand our free trade customer base 

•  £4 million warehouse investment to 

accommodate growth in bottled sales

•  Leverage the value from 

local breweries

•  Acquisition of Wainwright  
and Lancaster Bomber 

•  25 new beers introduced

•  Development of craft beers

•  Strong presence in local markets 
through our five breweries and 
free trade operation

•  Expansion of take home and 

export teams

KEY FACTS 2015

5

Breweries

313

employees

4.4m

Average pints 

£20.7m

operating profit representing 

brewed per week

13% underlying of Group 

operating profit

19

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Risks and Risk Management

Our processes and systems help 
to ensure that risk management is 
continually embedded and understood 
in the operations of the business.

Jonathan Moore
Corporate Risk Director

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board is responsible for the Group’s systems of internal 
control and risk management and reviewing their effectiveness. 
There is an ongoing monitoring and review process of the risks 
facilitated by the Corporate Risk Director. Management are 
responsible for monitoring and reporting on the effectiveness of 
the controls. Reporting is sufficient for the Board to understand 
its risk appetite and the strength of the control environment in 
mitigating risk to an acceptable level.

The Executive Directors are responsible for the implementation 
of the risk management and internal control system. 
The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate risk. 
By their nature, such a system provides only a reasonable and 
not absolute defence against material errors, losses, fraud or 
breaches of the law.

The key features of the risk management and internal control 
system are:

•  A clearly defined management structure operating 

within a framework of policies and procedures covering 
authority levels, responsibilities and accountabilities 
(detailed opposite).

•  A detailed formal budgeting process for all Group activities, 

with the annual Group budget and projections for future years 
being formally approved by the Board.

•  Established procedures for planning, approving and 
monitoring capital expenditure and major projects.

•  Board approval is needed for all major investment, 
divestment and strategic plans and programmes.

•  At each meeting the Board reviews financial and non-

financial progress towards the Group’s goals.

The internal audit strategy and compliance testing takes into 
account the key business risks and provides assurance to the 
Audit Committee on the effectiveness of the management 
systems mitigating them to an acceptable level.

PRIORITISING OUR RISKS
The principal risks from the Corporate Risk Register are plotted 
on the risk heat map opposite and are explained in more detail 
on pages 22 to 23.

MANAGING RISK WITHIN THE BUSINESS
Day-to-day responsibility for operational risks, at the level of 
the pub or brewery, rests with the pub managers and Head 
Brewers. The controls operated at each site are part of wider 
management systems designed to reduce internal risks, 
including food hygiene, health and safety, business continuity 
and security.

SUPPORTING COMMITTEES
The Corporate Risk Director chairs three committees which 
form an essential role in risk management. The committees 
are attended by a range of representatives from the business 
to ensure that the focus of attention remains relevant 
to operations.

Compliance Committee
A register of legislation appertaining to Marston’s activities 
is maintained and confirmation is given to management that 
operations are compliant. Any breaches, or risk of breach are 
reported to the Board by the Committee. The Committee also 
considers any emerging areas of legislation or any changes in 
operations which may impact upon compliance.

Business Continuity Committee
Marston’s operates a business continuity management 
system to ensure that all contingency plans are regularly 
reviewed, remain appropriate and are sufficiently understood. 
The Committee reviews the management system, the status of 
the contingency plans and the resolution of any incidents that 
from time to time may occur.

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
The Committee oversees the CSR targets of the Group and 
reports to the Board annually on the activities adopted to 
achieve these targets. The Committee is also responsible for 
the external reporting of these activities within our Corporate 
Responsibility Report and under the Responsibility Deal. 

20

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

marston’s risk management framework

board

audit committee

INTERNAL AUDITING

CORPORATE RISK DIRECTOR

COMPLIANCE TESTING

Risks and controls subject to internal auditing and compliance testing

ENTERPRISE-WIDE RISK MANAGEMENT 
(Regular risk assessments, corporate risk register, risk ownership, mitigating  
controls identified and reviewed)

BUSINESS CONTINUITY & 
SECURITY MANAGEMENT

HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

business continuity 
committee

compliance  
committee

corporate social  
responsibility  
committee

BUSINESS CONTINUITY SYSTEMS 
(Maintenance of crisis plans, business  
impact analysis, scenario testing,  
emergency messaging)

SITE SECURITY 
(Risk assessment, system evaluation,  
new technology)

GROUP H&S MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 
(Group auditing, policies, incident reporting, 
escalation of risks, remedial actions, 
accident investigation)

Breweries: day-to-day responsibility for 
business continuity and security rests with 
the Head Brewer

Breweries: day-to-day responsibility rests with 
the Head Brewer, overseen by individual site 
Health & Safety Committees

Pubs: operational responsibility rests 
with the pub managers, overseen by the 
Health & Safety Committee 

RISK TRANSFER 
(Insurance policies/insurance captive company/self-insurance levels/claims)

risk likelihood, control and impact

viability statement

No 
control

High 
level of 
control

2

1

6

4

5

3

Low likelihood

High likelihood

Low priority

Medium priority

High priority

impact of the risk

The Risk number corresponds to the Principal Risks overleaf.

21

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due for the next five years.

A period of five years has been chosen as this is the timeframe 
currently adopted by the Board as its strategic and financial 
planning horizon. This assessment of viability has been made 
with reference to the Group’s current position and future 
prospects, its strategy, the market outlook and its principal risks 
and management thereof, as set out in the Strategic Report.

The strategy and risks to achieving the Group’s five-year plan  
are reviewed by the Directors at their annual Strategy Day and 
again when the budget for the following year is considered.  
The five-year plan considers the Group’s earnings growth 
potential, its cash flows, financing options and key financial 
ratios. The plan takes into account the economic outlook and 
principal risks in arriving at its key assumptions on expected 
turnover and cost pressures across the pub estate and beer 
business. It also takes account of estate development through 
innovation, investment and disposal opportunities.

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The following risks are, in the opinion 
of the Board, the principal risks which 
affect Marston’s. It is not intended to be 
a complete analysis of all risks and may 
change over time.

The  
risk

Economic 
uncertainty.

Risk  
context

1 Economic

The basic cost of living 
could rise at a faster 
rate than income, which 
would impact upon the 
spending capacity of 
our customers.

Potential  
impact

A fall in 
consumer 
confidence could 
impact upon our 
sales and our 
investment plans. 

Strategic  
pillars  
affected

Mitigation

1
3

•  Value for money, competitive proposition.
•  Customer choice, flexible pricing options and a 

range of pub brands and formats.
•  High standards of service and quality.
•  Eating-out remains resilient to difficult 

economic conditions.

Movement

2 Regulatory

Marston’s operates 
across heavily 
regulated areas – 
alcohol licensing, food 
hygiene, sale of alcohol, 
transport, property 
development and 
property management.

Movement

The UK economy continues to grow and there is less uncertainty in the short term. 
Unemployment is falling, oil and commodity prices have also fallen, all of which helps 
our customers. Continuing cuts in public expenditure and the probability of an increase 
in interest rates next year may impact upon consumer confidence.

Changes in 
regulation 
impacting 
upon the cost 
of business, 
or obstructing 
growth.

Increased 
regulation affecting 
Marston’s directly, 
or our suppliers, 
could increase the 
cost of compliance. 

2 •  Maintain excellent levels of compliance through 

training and monitoring.

•  Robust health and safety management systems.
•  Active consultation with Government, trade 

bodies and the BBPA.

•  Anticipate legislative changes and structure 
operations accordingly to minimise impact 
where possible.

The Small Business and Enterprise Act 2015 stipulates a requirement for a Statutory Code 
for pub companies to adopt, and an Independent Adjudicator to regulate the relationship 
they have with their tenants. In mitigation of this risk Marston’s already operates a Code of 
Practice, and handles its lease and tenancy agreements in a fair and transparent manner. 
Additionally Parliament has introduced a market rent option for tenanted and leased pubs 
which would have the effect of providing licensees with free-of-tie agreements. In recent 
years Marston’s has taken steps which minimise the impact of this change, including the 
introduction of franchise-style agreements and the disposal of weaker pubs. We continue to 
keep this under review pending clarification of the details of the legislation.
The Government has announced a new National Living Wage of £7.20 an hour for those 
aged 25 years or over (currently £6.50) from April 2016. This will rise to over £9 an hour by 
2020. Increases in the National Minimum Wage have been anticipated by Marston’s and 
have been incorporated into our forecasted results.

3 Investment plans

Increased competition 
for development sites 
for new-build pub-
restaurants and lodges.

Investment 
plans do 
not meet 
expectation.

1

Reduced return 
on investment. 
Investment in 
new-build pub-
restaurants and 
lodges is slowed.

•  In-house property team with many years of 

experience delivering projects.
•  Tracking of new site availability.
•  Well managed pipeline of sites into the future.
•  Flexible investment model between developing 

pub-restaurants or lodges. 

Movement

Competition for new-build sites has been strong and this is likely to continue, however 
no shortage of opportunities is envisaged. Marston’s has a strong pipeline of sites in 
development and in recent years has expanded its new-build pub-restaurants into Scotland.

22

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

A reminder of OUR FIVE STRATEGIC PILLARS

1
2
3
4
5

Operating a high quality pub estate

Operating a range of pub brands and formats

Offering value for money, great food and drink, 
and category innovation

Leadership in the UK beer market

Our people – Marston’s – ‘The Place to Be’

Risk  
context

4 Information Technology

Marston’s has a heavy 
reliance upon IT 
networks to operate 
efficiently, process 
transactions and report 
on results. 

The  
risk

Network outage. 
Loss, theft or 
corruption of 
data. Denial of 
service. 

Potential  
impact

Reduction in the 
effectiveness 
of operations, 
business 
interruption and 
loss of profit. 
Regulatory fine 
as a result of the 
loss of data.

Strategic  
pillars  
affected

Mitigation

1
4
5

•  Anti-virus and firewall protection.
•  Access control, password protection and IT 

policy adherence.

•  Network controls and monitoring.
•  Penetration testing and remediation.
•  Internal auditing and independent review of 

cyber protection.
•  Backup procedures.
•  Data recovery plans and rehearsals.

Movement

5 Our staff and licensees

Increased demand for 
high calibre people. 
Marston’s operates 
in a very competitive 
environment; as a result 
its strategic objectives 
have a heavy reliance 
upon the quality of 
its managers.

Movement

6 Financial covenants 

and accounting controls
The Group’s financial 
systems have to handle 
a large number of 
transactions securely. 
Accurate reporting 
of financial results 
is key to running the 
business effectively 
and critically important 
for compliance with 
financial covenants.

Movement

Global cyber risk threats have increased in recent years. Theft of personal data is more 
common. There is an expectation that businesses must manage cyber risk as a key 
business risk.
Marston’s has conducted penetration testing on its network for many years now. 
Specific cyber risk audits are conducted on the protection of personal data by a team 
independent from our IT department.

Failure to attract 
or retain the 
best people.

Financial targets 
and strategic 
objectives are 
not met.

5

•  Training and induction programmes.
•  Staff appraisals and development 

programmes.

•  Delivery on action points identified by our staff.
•  Redevelopment of our head office to provide 
a modern, vibrant environment for staff to 
work in.

•  Flexible agreements with our tenants and 

franchisees.

The sustained growth in our business has allowed for improvements in training 
programmes, and given more opportunity for staff to progress. 
The opening of our newly refurbished head office early in 2016 will provide an exciting 
and engaging environment that will encourage the creativity of staff and interaction 
between teams.

Incorrect 
reporting of 
financial results. 
Unauthorised 
transactions. 
Breach of 
financial 
covenants with 
our lenders.

Loss of investor 
confidence and 
reputational 
damage. Potential 
loss as a result of 
fraud. Breach of 
covenant, resulting 
in additional 
financial operating 
restrictions.

1
3
4

•  Detailed management accounts, budgets and 

forecasts.

•  Constant monitoring of financial ratios.
•  Internal audit programme.
•  Annual external audit.
•  Extensive segregation of duties.
•  Access controls over the financial systems 
accurately aligned with responsibilities.

•  Appropriate levels of authority.

There are strong controls mitigating this risk to a low level. There has been no change 
in the risk since last year.

23

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

PERFORMANCE AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

strong trading performance 
with underlying profit before tax 
up 10.2% to £91.5 million

Destination and Premium

Taverns

Leased

Brewing

Group Services

Group

Underlying revenue

Underlying operating profit

Margin

2015 
£m

408.1

214.7

53.6

169.1

– 

845.5

2014 
£m

376.9

225.1

53.1

132.5

– 

787.6

2015 
£m

83.6

55.9

23.8

20.7

(18.6)

165.4

2014 
£m

76.0

55.7

23.5

17.4

(16.5)

156.1

2015 
%

20.5

26.0

44.4

12.2

(2.2)

19.6

2014 
%

20.2

24.7

44.3

13.1

(2.1)

19.8

GROUP
Total underlying revenue increased by 7.4% from 2014 
reflecting like-for-like growth in our pubs, the impact of new 
openings, growth in our beer brands and the acquisition of 
Thwaites’ beer business. As previously forecast, our operating 
margin was 0.2% below last year reflecting lower margins in 
Brewing, as a result of the contract to supply Thwaites’ pubs. 
Underlying operating margin increased in each of our pub 
segments, demonstrating our ability to grow our business by 
delivering a consistent and excellent customer experience 
rather than relying on the high level of discounting which has 
been prevalent in the market.

Underlying operating profit of £165.4 million 
(2014: £156.1 million) was up 6.0% despite the impact 
of disposals and a £2 million increase in pension costs. 
Profit growth was achieved in each of our trading segments.

Underlying profit before tax was up 10.2% to £91.5 million 
(2014: £83.0 million) principally reflecting the contribution from 
new pub-restaurants and a strong performance from Brewing.

Basic underlying earnings per share for the period increased by 
10.3% to 12.9 pence per share (2014: 11.7 pence per share).

On a statutory basis profit before tax was £31.3 million 
(2014: loss of £59.2 million) and earnings per share were 
4.1 pence per share (2014: 8.9 pence loss per share).

DESTINATION AND PREMIUM
Total revenue increased by 8.3% to £408.1 million 
reflecting the continued strong performance of our new-
build pub-restaurants and growth in like-for-like sales. 
Underlying operating profit of £83.6 million was up 10.0% 
(2014: £76.0 million). Average profit per pub increased to 
£219,000, up 3%.

Total like-for-like sales were 1.8% above last year, with like-for-
like food sales up by 1.7%, assisted by strong growth in sales 
of starters, desserts and coffee. In addition, like-for-like room 
income was up 5.6%. In Destination pubs, food now accounts 
for 58% of total sales (2014: 57%) and in Premium pubs and 
bars food is 28% of sales (2014: 27%).

Like-for-like wet sales increased by 1.7%, outperforming the 
declining UK on-trade drinks market. We continue to see 
growth in more premium products, with own-brewed premium 
ale volumes up 5% and premium lager up 7%.

We achieved a 0.3% improvement in operating margin through a 
disciplined approach to discounting and tight cost management.

24

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

TAVERNS
Total revenue decreased by 4.6% to £214.7 million principally 
reflecting the impact of disposals. The quality of the remaining 
pub estate has improved significantly with average profit per 
pub up 20% to £61,000.

In our managed and franchised pubs like-for-like sales were 
up 2.0% and operating profits were up 2.9% versus last year, 
reflecting the continued success of pubs operating under the 
franchise model.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND DISPOSALS
Capital expenditure was £142.3 million in 2015 
(2014: £142.6 million), including £68 million on the construction 
of 25 pub-restaurants. We expect that capital expenditure will 
be around £140 million in 2016, including around £70 million for 
the construction of at least 20 new pub-restaurants, two Revere 
bars and five lodges.

During the year we generated £69.6 million of cash from the 
sale of 117 pubs and other assets.

Operating profit was up 0.4% to £55.9 million despite the effects 
of disposals, reflecting the strong performance of franchised 
pubs within our estate.

Operating margin was 1.3% above last year at 26.0%, primarily 
reflecting the benefit of the disposal of lower-end pubs.

LEASED
Total revenue increased by 0.9% to £53.6 million and underlying 
operating profit of £23.8 million was up 1.3% on last year. 
The performance of the core estate was strong with like-for-like 
earnings growth of 4%, including rental income growth of 3%. 
Average profit per pub increased by 4% to £70,000 and licensee 
stability remained stable at over 90%. Operating margin of 
44.4% was up 0.1%.

BREWING
Total revenue increased by 27.6% to £169.1 million, reflecting 
the benefits of the Thwaites acquisition described above. 
Underlying operating profit increased by 19.0% to £20.7 million.

Overall ale volumes were up 15% on last year reflecting the 
benefits of the Thwaites acquisition. Excluding Thwaites there 
was a 5% increase in volumes. Premium cask ale volumes were 
up 15% and premium bottled ale volumes up 17%. Hobgoblin, 
our largest brand, continues to grow with sales up 31% on last 
year, supported by the introduction of Hobgoblin Gold. We have 
maintained our position as ‘category market leader’ in both the 
premium bottled ale and premium cask ale markets.

We have made good progress in all trading segments. In the 
independent free trade, our account base increased to more 
than 5,000 customers and premium ale sales to this sector 
increased by 22%. In the take home market we continue to 
perform very strongly with volumes up 16% and in the national 
on-trade volumes have increased by 34%.

Operating margin was slightly down versus last year at 12.2%, 
reflecting the impact of the pub supply arrangement with 
Thwaites which generates a positive profit contribution, albeit at 
a low margin percentage.

Cash return on cash capital employed improved to 10.8% 
(2014: 10.5%) reflecting the contribution of new-build pub-
restaurants and the disposal of low-returning pubs. We remain 
focused on improving returns and are confident that the 
implementation of our strategy will continue to increase returns 
over time.

FINANCING
At 3 October 2015 the Group had a £257.5 million bank facility to 
November 2018 and the amount drawn down at 3 October 2015 
was £220 million. In addition, we have a £30 million two-year 
facility for the Thwaites acquisition. These facilities, together 
with a long-term securitisation of approximately £860 million 
and the lease financing arrangements described below, provide 
us with an appropriate level of financing headroom for the 
medium term. The Group has sufficient headroom on both the 
banking and securitisation covenants and also has flexibility to 
transfer pubs between the banking and securitisation groups.

The Group has entered into lease financing arrangements 
which have a total value of £202.2 million as at 3 October 2015. 
This financing is a form of sale and leaseback agreement 
whereby the freehold reverts to the Group at the end of the term 
at nil cost, consistent with our preference for predominantly 
freehold asset tenure. The agreements range from 35 to 40 
years and provide the Group with an extended debt maturity 
profile at attractive rates of interest. Unlike a traditional sale 
and leaseback, the associated liability is recognised as debt on 
the balance sheet due to the reversion of the freehold.

Net debt excluding lease financing of £1,043 million at 
3 October 2015 is broadly in line with last year. Operating cash 
flow of £162.3 million was 27% above last year due to the 
improved profit performance and working capital management.

For the period ended 3 October 2015 the ratio of net debt 
before lease financing to underlying EBITDA was 5.1 times 
(2014: 5.4 times). Net debt to EBITDA is expected to reduce 
over time principally through EBITDA growth generated from 
our new-build investment programme and as our long-term 
debt amortises. We have significant flexibility in our financing 
options, including the selective use of sale and leaseback where 
appropriate, without compromising our preference for an estate 
of which more than 90% is freehold.

25

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

PERFORMANCE AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
continued

STRATEGIC REPORT APPROVAL

The Strategic Report, outlined on pages 1 to 26, incorporates A 
Snapshot of 2015, The Place to Be, Chairman’s Statement, Chief 
Executive’s Statement, Market Overview, Our Business Model, 
A Clear Strategy, Our Strategic Pillars in Action, Measuring Our 
Progress (KPIs), Operating Review, Risks and Risk Management, 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties and Performance and 
Financial Review.

By order of the Board

Ralph Findlay
Chief Executive Officer
26 November 2015

PENSIONS
Our final salary pension scheme at the year end showed 
a surplus of £15.0 million before tax (2014: £7.8 million). 
This position reflects the consistent manner in which the 
Group has managed its deficit over the last five years, and 
the closure of the final salary scheme to future accrual from 
30 September 2014. We have concluded our triennial valuation 
as at 30 September 2014, which has resulted in a reduction of 
cash contributions to c.£8 million per annum going forward.

TAXATION
The underlying rate of taxation of 19.3% in 2015 is below the 
standard rate of corporation tax of 20.5% primarily due to 
credits in respect of deferred tax on property. 

The underlying tax rate has decreased by 0.3% from 19.6% 
in 2014.

NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS 
There is a net non-underlying charge of £50.5 million after 
tax. This primarily reflects the external estate valuation 
undertaken in the period, which resulted in a £39.0 million 
charge to the income statement. A net revaluation increase 
of £95.9 million has also been recognised in the revaluation 
reserve in respect of property revaluations undertaken in the 
period. Other non-underlying items comprise a £2.5 million 
charge relating to non-core estate disposal and reorganisation 
costs, a £2.6 million loss in respect of the ongoing management 
of the pubs from the prior year portfolio disposal, a £4.9 million 
charge in respect of the change in the inflation and discount 
rate assumptions used in calculating our onerous lease 
provisions, a £2.6 million charge in respect of relocation, 
reorganisation and integration costs and an £8.6 million loss in 
respect of the mark-to-market movement in the fair value of 
certain interest rate swaps. These charges are offset by a credit 
of £9.7 million relating to the tax on non-underlying items.

26

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

in this section

Governance

Corporate Governance Report 
Board of Directors 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Other Statutory Information 
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

28 – 35
30 – 31
36 – 37
38
39 – 57
58 – 61
62 

27

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate Governance Report
Chairman’s Introduction

We believe that high standards of 
governance are an essential underpin to 
sustainable growth and the protection 
of shareholder value

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
I am pleased to present the Board’s annual report on corporate 
governance. At Marston’s we are continually striving to help 
our people and our business develop and go from strength to 
strength. We strongly believe that high standards of corporate 
governance are an essential underpin to sustainable growth 
and the protection of shareholder value. This review, together 
with the reports of the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration 
Committees, provides an overview of our corporate governance 
practices and summarises our activities in this area during 
the period.

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
The Board is keen to review and further develop its 
effectiveness to support the Company in its ambitions. 
Details of the outcomes from this year’s Board evaluation 
together with progress against last year’s action points are 
given on page 33. Details of each Director’s experience and 
how that contributes to the effectiveness of the Board and the 
Company are set out on pages 30 to 31.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS
As previously reported, Catherine Glickman joined the Board 
(and the Remuneration Committee) on 1 December 2014 and 
Rosalind Cuschieri retired from the Board following the 2015 
AGM. Catherine Glickman and Carolyn Bradley also joined the 
Nomination Committee during the year. Further details on the 
Board’s composition are given on page 33.

REMUNERATION
The Remuneration Committee has continued to focus on 
strengthening and clarifying the link between rewards 
and performance. The Committee has also reviewed the 
requirements relating to clawback provisions and updated 
the 2014 LTIP and deferred bonus rules to incorporate this 
provision to ensure that they remain in line with best practice. 
The Remuneration Committee’s report is on pages 39 to 57.

AUDIT
The focus of the Audit Committee during the year has been on 
the new requirements of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘2014 Code’), the evaluation of the internal audit 
function conducted by PricewaterhouseCoopers, and the 
commencement of the new internal audit co-source provision 
by Grant Thornton. More details are in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 36 to 37.

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The 2014 Code has applied to the Company during the reporting 
period under review. I am pleased to confirm that the Board 
considers it has fully complied with the main principles of the 
Code. The Code is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website www.frc.org.uk

Roger Devlin
Chairman
26 November 2015

1 Leadership

See page 29

2 Effectiveness

See page 33
See page 00

3 Accountability

See page 34

4 Remuneration

See page 39

5 Shareholder  

Relations

See page 35

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

GROUP SECRETARY
Anne-Marie Brennan is responsible for ensuring effective 
information channels within the Board and its Committees, and 
between senior management and Non-executive Directors, as 
well as facilitating induction activities for Directors and assisting 
with their development as required.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Non-executive Directors are encouraged to spend time in the 
business, accompanying the Executive Directors and other 
senior managers on visits to a range of pubs, customers and 
brewery outlets during the year. Together with their diverse 
range of business experience outside of the Company, this 
enables the Non-executive Directors to constructively challenge 
proposals on strategy and contribute to the development of 
strategy in the long term.

The Chairman meets with the Non-executive Directors at least 
annually without the Executive Directors being present.

 More information about our Board and the relevant experience they 
bring to the business is set out on the following pages.

1. Leadership and the 
Board of Directors 
ROLE OF THE BOARD
The Board is collectively responsible to shareholders for the 
long-term success of the Company. A schedule of matters 
specifically reserved for the Board’s decision has been 
approved and this schedule includes matters relating to: 
strategy, major capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals, 
capital structure and financial results, internal controls, 
governance and risk management, committee membership 
and terms of reference. The schedule was last reviewed in 
September 2015 and the latest version is available on our 
website. The Board met nine times during the year, allowing 
sufficient opportunities to effectively challenge and monitor the 
Company’s progress against its strategic aims and within the 
risk management framework.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
There is a clear division of responsibility between the roles of 
the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) which are 
set out in writing and agreed by the Board. 

SENIOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR
Neil Goulden is the Senior Independent Director and acts as a 
‘sounding board’ for the Chairman and as an intermediary for 
the other Directors. He is available to shareholders if they have 
concerns which the normal channels have failed to resolve or 
for which such contact would be inappropriate. Neil also leads 
the Non-executive Directors in their annual assessment of the 
Chairman’s performance. 

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Roger Devlin is responsible for:

Ralph Findlay is responsible for: 

•  The operation, leadership and governance of the Board.

•  Ensuring the effectiveness of the Board.

•  Setting the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions with 

a particular focus on strategic matters. 

•  Ensuring each Non-executive Director makes an effective 
contribution to the Board through debate and discussion 
with the Executive Directors.

•  Ensuring through the Group Secretary that the Directors 

receive accurate, timely and clear information.

•  The performance of the Company in line with the strategies 
and objectives established by the Board and under powers 
delegated by the Board.

•  Ensuring the Board is supplied with information relevant 

to its strategic role.

•  Leading the Executive Directors and senior management in 
dealing with the operational requirements of the business. 

•  Providing clear and visible leadership in business conduct.

29

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate Governance Report continued
board of directors

Chairman

Executive  
Directors

Senior Independent 
Director

Roger Devlin
Chairman

Ralph Findlay
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Andrew Andrea
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Peter Dalzell
Managing Director Marston’s 
Inns and Taverns

Neil Goulden
Senior Independent Director

Board Committees

Board Committees

Board Committees

Board Committees

–

Independent
No

Length of service
6 years 6 months

–

Independent
No

Length of service
3 years

• Joined the Company in 2002

• Joined the Company in 1995

• Qualified Chartered 

Accountant

Past experience
• Roles held at Guinness 
Brewing Worldwide and 
Bass Brewers Limited 

• Chairman of MIT 
Charitable Trust

Past experience
• Operations Director for 

Marston’s Inns and Taverns

N*

Independent
Yes

Length of service
2 years 1 month

N

Independent
No

Length of service
19 years

Other appointments
• Chairman of SIS and 

Porthaven Nursing Homes

• Appointed to the Board as 
Finance Director in 1996 
becoming CEO in 2001

• Independent Non-executive 

• Qualified Chartered 

Director of the Football 
Association

Past experience
• Non-executive Director 
of National Express and 
RPS Group

Accountant and Treasurer

Other appointments
• Chair of Council and 
Pro Chancellor at 
Keele University

• Non-executive Director and 
Chair of Audit Committee at 
Bovis Homes Group PLC

Past experience
• Roles held at Geest Plc  

and Bass Plc

Board Committees
A   N   R*
Independent
Yes

Length of service
7 years 6 months

Other appointments
• Chairman of The 

Responsible Gambling Trust

• Chairman of Affinity Sutton 

(Housing) Group

Past experience
• Member of The Low 
Pay Commission

• Roles at Gala Coral Group, 
Compass Group Plc and 
Chef & Brewer

Skills directly relevant to our business model

beer

PUBS

ROOMS

50
55%

66%

70

44%

55% OF OUR BOARD HAVE 
EXPERIENCE in beer businesses

66% OF OUR BOARD HAVE PUBS 
AND BAR EXPERIENCE

44% OF OUR BOARD 
HAVE EXPERIENCE IN HOTELS 
AND LODGES

30

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

A

N

R

*

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Denotes Committee Chairman

Non-executive  
Directors

Group  
Secretary

Nick Backhouse
Non-executive Director

Carolyn Bradley
Non-executive Director

Catherine Glickman
Non-executive Director

Robin Rowland
Non-executive Director

Anne-Marie Brennan
Group Secretary

Board Committees
A*   N  
Independent
Yes

Length of service
3 years 8 months

Board Committees

N

Independent
Yes

Length of service
1 year

Board Committees
N   R
Independent
Yes

Length of service
10 months

Other appointments
• Senior Independent Director 
of Guardian Media Group plc

Other appointments
• Non-executive Director at 

Other appointments
• Group HR Director of  

Legal and General Group Plc

Genus Plc

• Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants 

Past experience
• Senior management 

positions in the pub, leisure 
and financial sectors

• Director of The 

Mentoring Foundation

Past experience
• UK Marketing Director  

at Tesco

• Trustee of the 

DrinkAware Trust

• Member of the Institute of 

Personnel and Development

Past experience
• Group HR Director at Tesco

Board Committees
A   N   R
Independent
Yes

Length of service
5 years 1 month

Other appointments
• Executive Chairman of 

YO! Sushi Limited

• Non-executive Director at 
Caffè Nero Group Limited 
and ‘Tortilla’

Past experience
• Roles held at Restaurant 
Group Plc and Scottish & 
Newcastle Plc

Length of service
11 years

• Qualified Chartered 

Secretary and 
Chartered Accountant

other Relevant experience

FOOD

RETAIL

LEISURE

88%of our Board

PLC

66%of our Board

88%of our Board

OPERATIONAL

55%of our Board

31

66%of our Board

FINANCE

44%of our Board

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

corporate governance report continued

BOARD AGENDA AND ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
The Board has a forward agenda of scheduled matters for 
consideration to ensure sufficient time is devoted to key 
business matters at the appropriate time. The agenda itself is 
reviewed on a regular basis and the agenda for each meeting, 
agreed between the Chairman and the CEO, is sufficiently 
flexible to accommodate the addition of any specific matters 
as required.

Board papers are circulated in advance of each Board or 
Committee meeting to ensure that Directors have sufficient 
time to review them before the meeting. Standing items and 
regular reports cover the Group’s financial position, risk 
management and regulatory compliance. Updates on activities 
across each operating division and performance against 
targets are reported to the Board in a monthly summary 
of key business operations. Items considered during the 
period include:

Strategy
Annual strategy day

Annual plan 

Property update and 
further investment 
in rooms

Customer Focus and 
Business Operations
Warehouse investment

Major food and drink 
supplier proposals

Leadership and 
People Development Governance
Board and other key 
personnel succession
People strategy - 
objectives, progress 
and plan

Board evaluation report

Beer company – innovation Employee engagement 

survey 2014 results

Shareholder Focus
Review of 
results announcements
Dividend proposals

Going concern and viability 
statement review

AGM preparation

Shareholder feedback

Terms of reference 
and membership for 
all committees
Fair, balanced and 
understandable review 
of Annual Report 
and Accounts
Group risks and 
risk management
Assessment of 
key business and 
financial controls
Regulatory and 
statutory compliance
Pensions triennial 
valuation and 
scheme accounts

2015 Strategy Day  
– On the agenda

In addition to regular strategic discussions, the Board holds 
an annual strategy day offsite. This enables the Board to 
conduct an in-depth review of strategy and its implementation. 
Presentations were received from a number of senior 
managers enabling Non-executive Directors to engage, 
challenge, discuss and debate with those in attendance. 
The agenda for the Strategy Day is set out below. 

•  Market sentiment and strategic alternatives

•  People strategy

•  Marketing strategy update

•  Existing strategy and five year financial plan

IT strategy

Health and safety review

Financing proposals

Corporate and 
social responsibility

Pubs branding 
developments
Acquisition of Thwaites’ 
beer business

Annual insurance renewal

Developments in the 
Leased estate

Consumer insight

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE
We operate Committees of the Board to deal with specific 
issues under the Code, each with its own terms of reference 
which are regularly reviewed and updated. Reports from each 
Committee can be found on pages 36 to 57. The table below 
shows each Director’s attendance throughout the year:

Board

Nomination

Audit Remuneration

Name

Andrew Andrea
Nick Backhouse
Carolyn Bradley
Rosalind Cuschieri1
Peter Dalzell
Roger Devlin
Ralph Findlay
Catherine Glickman2
Neil Goulden
Robin Rowland

9/9
9/9
9/9
4/4
9/9
9/9
9/9
6/7
9/9
9/9

–
5/5
4/4
–
–
5/5
3/5
3/4
5/5
5/5

–
3/3
–
1/1
–
–
–
–
2/3
3/3

1  Rosalind Cuschieri retired from the Board on 27 January 2015.
2  Catherine Glickman was appointed to the Board on 1 December 2014.

–
–
–
2/2
–
–
–
3/3
5/5
5/5

32

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

2. Effectiveness 
BOARD COMPOSITION
At the date of this report, our Board comprised nine Directors. 
In addition to the Chairman, Roger Devlin, there are five Non-
executive Directors and three Executive Directors. The two 
most recent appointments to the Board, Carolyn Bradley 
(1 October 2014) and Catherine Glickman (1 December 2014) 
have brought with them further diversity to the relevant skills 
and experience of the Board. The Nomination Committee 
continues to review Board succession, exploring where 
additional skills and experience could enhance the effectiveness 
of the Board. Catherine Glickman joined the Remuneration 
Committee upon her appointment and, during the year, both 
Carolyn and Catherine joined the Nomination Committee. 
Rosalind Cuschieri retired from the Board in January 2015.

We consider all of our Non-executive Directors (NEDs) to be 
independent and the charts below portray the balance of the 
Board as at the date of this report.

3

1

5

Chairman
Non-executive
Executive

2

Male
Female

7

COMMITMENT
Significant commitments of the Directors held outside of 
Marston’s are disclosed prior to appointment and on an ongoing 
basis where there are any changes. During the year Ralph 
Findlay was appointed as a Non-executive Director of Bovis 
Homes Group PLC and Chairman of their Audit Committee. 
The role was discussed with the Board and authorisation was 
sought prior to Ralph’s acceptance of the position.

Actual and potential conflicts of interest are regularly reviewed. 
The Articles of Association allow the Board to authorise potential 
conflicts of interest and to impose any limits or conditions it sees 
fit. All of our Directors are required to allocate sufficient time to 
the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively and 
this is reviewed as part of the annual evaluation process.

EVALUATION
This year’s annual Board evaluation was carried out internally, 
with the next external evaluation due in 2016. The Code 
recommends that an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board 
and its Committees is conducted annually and that this process 
is externally facilitated at least every third year. The last externally 
facilitated evaluation was carried out in 2013.

The evaluation comprised a questionnaire designed to consider 
the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees by examining 
the skills, experience and diversity appropriate for the business; 
how the Board operates and its remit; and where it might 
improve. The Chairman held individual meetings with each 
Director and the Group Secretary, and the Senior Independent 
Director led a meeting of the Non-executive Directors to consider 
and evaluate the performance of the Chairman. After reviewing 
the outcomes of the evaluation process the Chairman prepared a 
summary report that was discussed by the Board. Agreed action 
points, together with an update on progress against the action 
points from the 2013/14 evaluation are shown below.

2014 Board evaluation  
summary recommendations

Progress achieved  

Summary of key actions  
agreed following 2015 review

•  Specific topics identified for future 

•  Board received presentation outlining 

•  More NED attendance at divisional 

presentations.

•  Strengthen process of providing 

updates on output of previously received 
presentations and proposals.

•  Increase number of site visits.

new People Strategy. Update on progress 
against key milestones scheduled for 
forthcoming Board meeting.

•  Presentation on market and consumer 
backdrop and Company’s marketing 
response. Each key area of focus has 
timeline and key measures of success to 
enable progress to be tracked.

•  Updates on progress and output following 

presentations and proposals now 
scheduled on forward agenda to give 
Board line of sight.

executive meetings.

•  Use of informal meetings for NEDs 

outside the Board timetable.

•  Extended duration of the Strategy Day.

•  Future presentation and discussion topics 
on forward agenda include: IT investment, 
pricing, rooms and lodges, senior 
management succession plans.

•  More shareholder and other stakeholder 
feedback through presentations from 
advisers, brokers and Auditors.

•  Two meetings held at managed houses. 
NEDs have visited other outlets with 
senior managers.

•  Designated mentoring of Executive 

Directors, to support focus on delivery 
of KPIs.

33

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

corporate governance report continued

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
The Chairman takes responsibility for ensuring that Directors 
continually update their skills, knowledge and familiarity 
with the Company and he conducted development reviews 
with each Director as part of the Board evaluation exercise. 
Where specific training needs were identified these have been 
incorporated into the Board agenda for 2015/16 and personal 
development plans. The Company provides the resources to 
meet development requirements for individual Directors as 
and when required and it will continue to review development 
initiatives for Directors. An example during the year was the 
tailored Competition Law refresher training completed by each 
individual Director (along with other key personnel). 

Induction programmes are tailored for each individual Director 
when joining the Board. Catherine Glickman’s comprehensive 
induction programme included scheduled meetings with 
key HR personnel, an introduction to the Company’s 
financing structure and a comprehensive information pack. 
The information pack covers relevant statutory and regulatory 
guidance notes including, for example, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Company’s Share Dealing Policy and 
guidance on Directors’ duties, together with internal Company 
policies, structure charts, matters reserved for the Board 
and Committee terms of reference. As part of her induction 
Catherine spent time with each divisional Managing Director 
to better understand their area of operations. This included 
visits to a number of pubs and a detailed tour around one of the 
breweries. Catherine also met with the Company’s financial 
advisers, brokers and Auditors during the year. 

Board meetings were held at a variety of locations during the 
year including a newly refurbished managed house, a customer 
and a supplier and the Company’s financial PR advisers. 
The remaining Board meetings were held in Wolverhampton. 
Individually, the Non-executive Directors also spent time 
with senior managers visiting managed and tenanted pubs 
and attending divisional executive meetings. Non-executive 
Directors also meet with their operational counterparts to 
provide support and counsel. Non-executive Directors are 
encouraged to engage with employees across the business to 
enhance their knowledge and understanding of the business.

The Group Secretary advises the Board on all governance 
matters. All Directors have access to her advice and services. 
If necessary, Directors may seek independent professional 
advice at the Company’s expense in the performance of 
their duties.

RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
All Directors offer themselves for re-election at each Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). Details of each Director serving on 
the Board at the date of this Report are set out on pages 
30 to 31 and shall be set out to shareholders in the papers 
accompanying the re-election resolutions for the AGM. 
The Board is of the opinion, supported by the Nomination 

Committee, that each Director continues to make an effective 
and valuable contribution and demonstrates commitment to his 
or her role.

DIVERSITY POLICY
The Board, through the CEO, takes overall responsibility for 
diversity and equality below Board level. Through our business 
we cater for the preferences of many different consumer and 
customer types and therefore it is essential that we consider 
diversity when making decisions. Our Ways of Working are 
shared throughout Marston’s: we recruit the best people, 
invest in our people and put people first – whether that’s the 
Marston’s team, our customers or our suppliers. We make 
sure we do the right thing. We have a Whistleblowing Policy 
intended to ensure that concerns can be raised without adverse 
effect on the individual’s career and development at Marston’s. 
Further details of Marston’s approach to diversity and 
succession planning can be found on the website at 
www.marstons.co.uk

Gender diversity

Women
Men

00
13,399

00

6,920

s
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
e
f
o
r
e
b
m
u
N

9
2
7

50

12

38

6,479

Directors

Senior
managers

Total
employees

Number of employees at 3 October 2015

3. accountability
FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE ASSESSMENT
In accordance with the 2014 Code’s requirement that the Board 
should consider whether the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 
comprehensive reviews are undertaken at regular intervals 
throughout the year-end process by senior management. 
The preparation of this document is coordinated by the 
Secretariat team with significant input from the Finance 
team and Group-wide support from other contributing 
personnel. The Board receive drafts of the Annual Report and 
Accounts to allow sufficient time to review and provide an 
opportunity for challenge and discussion, ahead of approving 
the final documents. In addition, the external Auditors 
review the consistency between the narrative reporting and 
financial disclosures.

34

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

COMPLIANCE
Marston’s Compliance Committee monitors all areas of legal 
compliance across the Group. The Committee meets quarterly, 
and includes representatives from across the business, in order 
to consider any emerging areas of legislation or challenges to 
existing compliance. 

RISKS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Information on the Group’s risk management framework, 
systems and internal controls are set out in the Strategic 
Report on pages 20 to 23. 

4. remuneration
Information on the Remuneration Committee, its membership 
and activities is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 39 to 57. The report includes the current Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy as approved by shareholders at the 
2014 AGM. The report also includes the Annual Report on 
Remuneration and this is subject to an advisory vote at the 
2016 AGM.

5. shareholder 
relations
Engagement with our shareholders is essential to ensure a 
greater understanding of, and confidence in, the medium and 
longer-term strategy of the Group and in the Board’s ability to 
oversee its implementation.

The Executive Directors manage an investor relations 
programme involving institutional shareholders, fund managers 
and analysts. The CEO and CFO meet with private client fund 
managers in a number of locations on a quarterly basis. 
Within the constraints of information already made publicly 
available, matters discussed at these meetings include strategy, 
performance, management and governance.

The Board considers it important to understand the views of 
shareholders and issues which concern them. At least twice 
each year, it receives written feedback from analysts and 
institutional shareholders on their meetings with Executive 
Directors. Additionally, the Chairman and Senior Independent 
Director make themselves available for meetings with the 
Company’s major institutional investors.

The Group Secretary oversees communication with private 
individual shareholders on behalf of the Board. The Company’s 
website is available to all shareholders and provides share 
price information, results presentations and announcements, 
financial calendars and general information on the business. 
The Annual Report and Accounts is a key communication tool 
providing a comprehensive review of the business, details of our 
governance arrangements and annual results.

The AGM provides all shareholders with the opportunity to 
communicate directly with the Board of Directors. The CEO 
presents an update on recent trading performance and 
developments in the business prior to the formal business of 
the meeting. Shareholders are able to ask questions during the 
meeting, which is followed by an opportunity to meet with the 
Directors and senior managers of the business on an informal 
basis. The senior management team attend the AGM and 
meet with shareholders before and after the meeting. All of 
our Directors attend and the Chairman of the Board and each 
Committee are available to answer shareholder questions 
during the formal business of the meeting. The voting on all 
resolutions at the AGM is conducted by way of a poll. This is to 
allow all shareholders, present in person, by proxy or unable 
to attend, to vote on all resolutions in proportion to their 
shareholding. The Company will release the results of voting, 
including proxy votes on each resolution, on its website on the 
next business day at www.marstons.co.uk/corporate and 
announce them through an Regulatory News Service. Details of 
the 2016 AGM are set out in the separate Notice of Meeting.

Analysis of shareholder register by investor type

9.14%

31.25%

59.61%

Institutional
Private client fund managers
Private individuals

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY: KEY COMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS

Institutional shareholders  
and analysts

Private Client Fund Managers 

Private shareholders 

• Rolling investor relations programme

• Quarterly meeting with CEO and CFO

• Annual General Meeting with full Board  

• Bi-annual written feedback received

• Chairman and Senior Independent Director 
available to meet with largest shareholders

and senior management present

• Annual Report and Accounts and website

• Group Secretary oversees communication 

on behalf of the Board

35

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

audit committee report

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for the 
period ended 3 October 2015. 

Each member of the Committee, all independent Non-executive 
Directors, contributes their own financial and business 
experience to effectively assess the external and internal audits 
of the Company and the internal control and risk management 
systems. Both Neil Goulden and I are considered by the 
Board to meet the requirements of the Code as having recent 
and relevant financial experience. The Committee members 
challenge and debate the reports, statements and findings 
presented to them.

A key focus for the Committee this year has been the new 
requirements of the 2014 Code that now apply to the Company, 
particularly the process by which the Directors are able 
to confirm they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Company and consideration 
of the period over which the viability statement will apply. 
The Committee has reviewed the assurance process and 
the risk management framework to ensure that it remains 
appropriate and does provide a robust assessment of those 
principal risks. See pages 20 to 23 for more details.

The Committee has also considered and discussed a report 
undertaken by PwC evaluating the internal audit function. 
The output from those discussions is a reassurance of the 
quality of the function currently provided and a programme to 
further develop the internal audit plan, succession planning 
and the allocation of additional resource. Mindful of increasing 
responsibilities, the Committee has also reviewed its own 
meeting agenda to ensure it is allowing sufficient time to focus 
on the issues within its remit and extended the time allocated 
as appropriate.

Having reviewed the external audit process, the Committee 
believes that PwC continue to provide an effective audit service 
and recommends their re-appointment to shareholders. 
As previously reported, the audit partner is next due to rotate 
after the 2017 reporting period and the Company will conduct a 
full tender of the external audit at that time. The Committee will 
review and agree a timetable for the tender process during the 
coming financial year.

Nick Backhouse
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Membership
Nick Backhouse 

Responsibilities
•  Reviewing the integrity of the Group’s financial statements including the Interim Results and the Annual Report 

Rosalind Cuschieri 
(until 27 January 2015)

Neil Goulden

Robin Rowland

and Accounts.

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the internal controls and risk management system.
•  Reviewing the Group’s systems for detecting fraud, preventing bribery and allowing employees to raise concerns in 

a safe and confidential manner.

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the internal audit function.
•  Overseeing the relationship with the external Auditors, specifically reviewing and approving their fees and the 

terms of engagement.

•  Reviewing and monitoring the external Auditors’ objectivity and independence and the effectiveness of the 

audit process.

Attendees
The Corporate Risk Director and external Auditors attend each 
meeting.

Terms of reference
Full terms of reference of the Committee can be found in the Investors 
section of the Company’s website www.marstons.co.uk

Other individuals, such as the CEO and CFO are usually invited to 
attend all or part of the Committee’s meetings.

36

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

AUDITORS
In assessing the work of the external Auditors, the 
Committee was satisfied with the scope of their work and 
their effectiveness, and recommended their re-appointment 
to the Board. The Committee has satisfied itself that the 
independence and objectivity of the external Auditors, and the 
safeguards to protect it, remain strong noting the following:

•  The external Auditors conduct an annual review of their 

independence identifying all services provided to the Group 
and assessing whether the content and scale of such work is 
a threat to their independence. 

•  The Committee accepts that some non-audit work is 

most appropriately undertaken by the external Auditors. 
The Committee’s terms of reference set out what is 
permissible and where such work is expected to be in excess 
of a specified amount, the Chairman of the Audit Committee 
must approve the work. Below that amount, the CFO has 
authority to approve such work once he is satisfied that the 
Auditors are the most appropriate providers. The Group 
has used other accounting firms for some non-audit 
work. In each case, consideration is given to the need for 
value for money, experience and objectivity required in the 
particular circumstances.

•  The audit partner is changed at least once every five years 

and a new partner was appointed during the 2012/13 financial 
reporting period. The audit partner is next due to rotate 
after the 2016/17 financial year when a formal tender will be 
conducted. Given the length of their tenure, PwC will not be 
invited to tender at that time.

 Fees paid to the external Auditors are disclosed in Note 3 of the Financial Statements 
on page 83

KEY ACTIViTIES DURING THE REPORTING YEAR

• Considering the implications of the new requirements 

introduced in the 2014 Code.

• Reviewing the main corporate risks and the outcomes 

from testing the systems and processes for managing and 
mitigating those risks. The Committee has satisfied itself 
that the Risk Management Framework provides sufficient 
assurances.

• Drafting a viability statement that assesses the prospects 
of the Group over an appropriate period. The Committee 
considered that the Group’s existing five year financial 
planning horizon makes that time period most appropriate.

• Assessing the evaluation of the Internal Audit function that 
found the overall function to be sound and efficient but 
identified opportunities for improvement through better 
use of technology, audit plan development and succession 
planning. An action plan and timeline for implementing 
improvements has been agreed with the Corporate Risk 
Director. The Committee will track progress over the coming 
reporting period.

The Corporate Risk Director attends each Committee meeting 
providing ongoing assurance and regular updates on the 
Group’s main risks and the scope and findings of internal audit. 
As part of its remit, the Committee also considered the Annual 
Report and Accounts and Interim Results. In order to provide 
the Committee with the opportunity to review and challenge 
the integrity of the Company’s financial reports, the external 
Auditors also attend each meeting. The external Auditors 
also present their audit strategy, findings and conclusions in 
respect of the Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Results. 
In addition, at least once a year, the external Auditors meet the 
Committee without any Executive Director present to provide an 
opportunity for open dialogue and feedback.

The Committee also reviewed a number of standing items 
including the Whistleblowing Policy and arrangements 
thereunder, matters arising from internal audits and 
compliance and legal developments.

SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL JUDGEMENTS
In recommending the Interim Results and Annual Report and 
Accounts to the Board for approval, the Committee reviewed 
in particular the accounting for and disclosure of the following 
key matters:

•  Estate revaluation. The Committee considered the results of 
the external valuation of the Group’s entire property portfolio 
undertaken during the year. The Committee challenged the 
valuation methodologies adopted and assumptions used, 
considering external trends and the performance of the 
properties, and concluded that the valuation was appropriate. 

•  Non-underlying items. The Committee reviewed 

management’s assessment of each item disclosed as non-
underlying and satisfied itself that the classification was both 
consistent with prior years and appropriate. In reaching this 
conclusion the Committee took note of the quality of earnings 
and, in particular, the threshold for property-related matters 
to be treated as non-underlying.

•  Acquisition of the beer business of Daniel Thwaites PLC. 

The Committee reviewed management’s assessment of the 
accounting for this acquisition, including the assumptions 
made in valuing the acquired beer brands. The Committee 
was satisfied that the methodology adopted and the 
judgements made were suitable.

•  Uncertain tax positions. Having considered the Group’s 

outstanding tax positions where settlement is uncertain, 
and having considered the risks relating to each of the 
various items, the Committee concurred with management’s 
treatment and disclosure. The Committee noted that the 
potential benefit in respect of the majority of positions has not 
been recognised.

37

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Nomination Committee Report

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
As previously reported, this year saw a number of changes 
to the Board and Committees. Catherine Glickman joined 
the Board on 1 December 2014 and Rosalind Cuschieri 
retired from the Board on 27 January 2015. Catherine joined 
the Remuneration Committee upon her appointment and 
both Carolyn Bradley and Catherine were appointed to the 
Nomination Committee with effect from 8 May 2015.

DIVERSITY POLICY
Our approach remains the same: we take note of the guidance 
provided and we require any search agency to have signed up to 
their industry’s Voluntary Code of Conduct addressing gender 
diversity. We have not set a specific target for numbers of female 
Directors and we will continue to make appointments on the basis 
of merit. However, we recognise the benefits that greater diversity 
can bring and take into account such factors when considering 
any particular appointment. Currently, two of Marston’s nine Board 
members are female.

RE-ELECTION AND EVALUATION
The Committee considered the time required from each 
Non-executive Director, their effectiveness and the experience 
brought to the Board. Neil Goulden’s breadth of experience in 
the pubs, food and leisure sectors together with his involvement 
in areas relevant to our corporate responsibilities make 

Membership
Roger Devlin (Chairman)

Responsibilities
•  Ensure the Board and its Committees 

Ralph Findlay

Nick Backhouse

Carolyn Bradley

Rosalind Cuschieri  
(until 27 January 2015)

Neil Goulden

Catherine Glickman

Robin Rowland 

have the right balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience.

•  To plan for the orderly succession of 

Directors to the Board and other senior 
managers.

•  To identify and nominate suitable 
candidates for Executive and Non-
executive Director vacancies having 
regard to, amongst other factors, the 
benefits of diversity, including gender 
diversity.

Attendees
Other Executive Directors, senior 
management and external advisers 
may be invited to attend meetings.

Terms of reference
Full terms of reference of the 
Committee can be found in the 
Investors section of the Company’s 
website.

his continuing role as a Non-executive Director invaluable. 
Mindful that an effective Board should be a balance between 
preserving some continuity of challenge with the introduction 
of some fresh thinking, the Committee consider Neil’s tenure 
on the Board to strengthen his effectiveness as the Senior 
Independent Director. Looking ahead, Neil has stated that he 
will step down from the Board after the 2017 AGM. 

Finally, the Committee considered its own effectiveness. 
This provided a formal opportunity to review the way we operate 
and our strategy for discharging those duties. The Committee 
was satisfied that it continues to perform its duties in 
accordance with its terms of reference.

Having discussed the personal effectiveness and commitment 
with each Director in individual meetings as part of this year’s 
Board evaluation, I have concluded that the performance of 
each Board member continues to be effective and I therefore 
recommend the re-election of each Director to shareholders at 
the 2016 Annual General Meeting.

Roger Devlin
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

KEY ACTIViTIES DURING THE REPORTING YEAR

• Understanding the leadership needs of the business, 
succession planning, the process for this year’s Board 
evaluation and the contribution and tenure of each Director. 

• Considering future succession planning and executive 
development needs to ensure delivery of operational 
performance in line with the Company’s strategy. 

• Ahead of this year’s internal evaluation process, the 

Committee met to consider the most effective method for the 
review of the Board, its Committees and individual contribution 
of each Director.

• Reviewing the membership of the Board and each of its 

Committees by way of a self-assessment skills matrix of 
core competencies. We developed the matrix to identify the 
strengths and balance of skills and experience within the 
Board and any gaps in desirable skills when looking to future 
appointments. 

38

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Remuneration Committee Chairman  
– Annual Statement

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the 
Remuneration Report for the period ended 3 October 2015, 
which details the amounts earned in respect of that period and 
sets out the Remuneration Policy for the Directors of Marston’s. 
The Committee met five times during the period and details of 
the Committee membership is shown overleaf.

PERFORMANCE
Our Executive Directors have delivered a strong set of results 
aligned with our strategy. Underlying profit before tax is up 
10.2% to £91.5 million and underlying earnings per share have 
also increased this year. Our Executive Directors and our people 
have made excellent progress in transforming our pub portfolio 
into an optimal estate and our new-build investment continues 
to deliver strong returns with the average profit per pub up to 
£100,000 and return on capital up to 10.8%.

Our KPIs and how they link to our strategy and to remuneration 
are set out on pages 16 to 17. The Committee believes that 
the alignment of Remuneration Policy with our five strategic 
pillars continues to incentivise and drive results that generate 
sustainable value creation for our shareholders. The annual 
bonus scheme targets profit growth and returns on our 
investment in the business, through CROCCE and Group profit 
measures. The LTIP incentivises over the longer term through 
sustainable growth in: earnings per share (EPS) and return 
on investment, both drivers of shareholder value measured 
by relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR); and free cash 
flow, which enables continued investment in the business and 
debt servicing.

2014/15 key decisions and incentive pay-outs

Average base salary increases awarded to the Executive Directors in 2015 were circa 2%, in line with average salary increases across 
the Group. Peter Dalzell was awarded an additional 3.5% increase in base salary to reflect his span of responsibilities for the entire pub 
estate, to align his salary with the other Executive Directors and the market, and recognise his contribution to the long-term success of 
the Company.

Marston’s underlying profit before tax increased by 10.2% for the year and return on capital exceeded target. The Executive Directors will 
receive 40% of their maximum annual bonus entitlements. On a straight-line vesting basis a bonus level of 45% would have been payable 
but, taking into account the affordability of bonus payments across the Group, and to reaffirm their commitment to a responsible approach 
to executive pay, the Committee exercised restraint and awarded bonuses of 40% of salary.

The 2012 LTIP award vested at 41.9%, as a result of EPS growth from 2012 to 2014. Further details are set out on page 43. The Committee 
has discretion to withhold or reduce awards (but not to increase them) and, when reviewing the outturn of an award, has regard to the 
financial performance of the business for the financial period in which the award vests. For the 2012 award the Committee has taken into 
account a further 12 months of performance to provide additional assurance that the vesting of the award is appropriate.

39

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

The 2014 edition of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
applies to the Company for the period ended 3 October 2015. 
We committed last year to review the requirements relating to 
clawback provisions for variable pay. Being mindful of emerging 
practice in this area we have amended the rules of the 2014 
LTIP and the deferred bonus plan so that clawback provisions 
apply to the LTIP and annual bonus awards for 2014/15 and 
subsequent years. Details of these provisions are provided on 
page 44.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
I am pleased to report on the consistently strong level of 
support and engagement from shareholders. This is evidenced 
by the voting outcomes at the 2015 Annual General Meeting. 
We were delighted that the resolution seeking approval of 
the Annual Report on Remuneration was supported by over 
99% of the votes cast. We would welcome your feedback on 
this year’s report. If you wish to contact me please email: 
remunerationchair@marstons.co.uk. We will continue to 
engage with our major shareholders as the Remuneration 
Policy is reviewed and developed over the next year and beyond.

Neil Goulden
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Membership
Neil Goulden 
(Chairman)

Responsibilities
•  Setting the framework and policy for Executive 

Directors’ remuneration.

Rosalind Cuschieri 
(until 27 January 2015)

Catherine Glickman 
(from 1 December 2014)

Robin Rowland

Attendees
Ralph Findlay
The Group People 
Director and external 
advisers may be invited 
to attend meetings.

•  Determining the remuneration packages for the 

Executive Directors and Chairman.

•  Monitoring the level and structure of 

remuneration for senior management and 
approving bonus payments.

•  Noting any major changes in employee benefit 
structures throughout the Group and ensuring 
that Executive Director remuneration practice is 
consistent with any such changes.

Terms of reference
Full terms of reference of the Committee can be 
found in the Investors section of the Company’s 
website www.marstons.co.uk

focus for 2015/16

•  Continue to review variable pay and associated performance 

metrics. Ensure they remain challenging and aligned with the 
Company’s strategy and interests of our shareholders and 
other stakeholders.

•  Review of current Remuneration Policy for next shareholder 
binding vote at the 2017 AGM. This policy will not take effect 
until the start of the 2017/18 financial year.

•  The Committee remains committed to a responsible 

approach to executive pay. Executive pay decisions (including 
salary, bonus and long-term incentives) are considered in the 
context of wider all-employee salary and benefits reviews as 
well as the Group’s performance.

Notes
This Report has been prepared on behalf of the Board and has been approved by the Board. The Report complies with the Large and Medium Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013, the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2014 Code) and the Financial Conduct Authority Listing Rules. 

To reflect the requirements of the current remuneration reporting regulations this Report is presented in two sections: 
•  the Annual Report on Remuneration provides details on the amounts earned in respect of the period and how the policy will be operated for the period ended 1 October 2016; and
•  the Directors’ Remuneration Policy sets out the current Remuneration Policy as approved by shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

40

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Remuneration Summary 2015

Our directorS’ remuneration policy and report at a glance

Remuneration element 
and key mechanics

Key factors/
metrics

opportunity 

Outcome in 2014 

Outcome in 2015 

Base salary and benefits
•  Salary reviewed annually
•  Competitive benefits package 
in line with market practice

•  Wider workforce
•  Role and experience
•  External benchmarks
•  Market practice
•  Recruit and retain

•  Salaries reviewed 

in context of 
wider Group

•  Increase in scope 
and responsibility

•  Average 2.5% increase
•  Benefits package 

unchanged

•  2% increase
•  Additional 3.5% increase for 
Peter Dalzell to recognise 
his responsibilities 
and contribution

Annual bonus and deferred bonus plan
•  Targets set annually
•  Committee has discretion to 
determine pay-out against 
overall business performance

•  Two-thirds is based  

on Group profit
•  One-third is linked  
to return on capital

•  Maximum 100% 

of salary

•  25% bonus awarded
•  Committee reduced award 

in context of current 
economic conditions

•  40% bonus awarded
•  Committee reduced award 
to reflect the affordability 
of bonuses

Long-term incentive plan
•  Approved by shareholders
•  Malus and clawback provisions

•  EPS*
•  CROCCE
•  Free cash flow 
•  Relative TSR

•  Normal maximum 
awards up to 125% 
of base salary

•  Exceptional maximum 
awards up to 200%

*  EPS applies to 2012 and 2013 LTIP awards only

•  2011 LTIP vested at 44.2% •  2012 LTIP vested at 41.9%

How we performed against our 2014/15 objectives
Annual bonus plan

Group profit target

Group profit actual

Target return on capital

Actual return on capital

Executive Director bonus 40% awarded 

£

£93.0m

£91.5m

10.6%

10.8%

EPS target

EPS actual

9.3% – 29.5%

11.4%

% vested

41.9%

2012 LTIP

2012 Awards 

Andrew Andrea 
Peter Dalzell
Ralph Findlay

Andrew Andrea
Peter Dalzell
Ralph Findlay

Granted

314,960
220,472
503,937

Vested

131,968
92,377
211,149

130,000
115,600
208,400

Value £

213,128
149,189
341,006

Maximum total remuneration opportunity and total remuneration received in 2015
The chart below sets out the total remuneration received for the period ended 3 October 2015 for each Executive Director, prepared on the same basis 
as the single total figure of remuneration table set out on page 42. For comparison purposes, the chart provides an indication of minimum, in line with 
expectations and maximum total remuneration opportunity, prepared on the same basis and in line with the current Remuneration Policy.

£0

£0.25m

£0.5m

£0.75m

£1m

£1.25m

£1.5m

£1.75m

£2m

ANDREW ANDREA, CFO

Opportunity

2015 Actual

2014 Actual

MINIMUM

IN LINE 

MAXIMUM

Peter dalzell, md marston’s inn & taverns

Opportunity

2015 Actual

2014 Actual

Ralph findlay, CeO

Opportunity

2015 Actual

2014 Actual

MINIMUM

IN LINE

MAXIMUM

MINIMUM

IN LINE

MAXIMUM

Fixed remuneration (salary, taxable benefits and pension related benefits)

Short-term incentive

Long-term incentive

41

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Annual Report on Remuneration

REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES
To align the remuneration of the Executive Directors with the Group’s strategic objectives and the interests of shareholders, our 
strategic priorities are reflected in our remuneration principles:

Key focus

Remuneration principles

Sustainable growth

•  Ensure that remuneration arrangements support sustainable growth and the long-term objectives 

of the Company.

Shareholder interests

•  Substantial part of the incentive package for Executive Directors is delivered in the Company’s shares 

to ensure interests are aligned with shareholders.

•  Minimum shareholding expectations for Executive Directors and senior management.
•  Bonuses earned in excess of 40% of the maximum opportunity are payable in shares in the Company, 

which will be deferred for a period of three years.

Employee engagement

•  Ensure Director and senior management salaries are set with reference to the wider workforce. 
•  Offer an HMRC approved Sharesave As You Earn (SAYE) scheme to all eligible employees.

The policy is designed to ensure that Executive Directors are provided with sufficient remuneration to motivate each individual, 
together with appropriate incentives that are aligned to strategy and encourage enhanced performance. The Committee 
undertakes an annual review of market practices and commentary and remuneration levels of Directors in similar roles in 
companies of comparable sizes and complexity. In addition, they review the levels of remuneration for other employees and the pay 
increases awarded throughout the Group; the aim being to reward all employees fairly according to their role, performance, the 
economic environment and the financial performance of the Group.

The following parts of the Remuneration Report are subject to audit, other than the elements explaining the application of the 
Remuneration Policy for 2015/16.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION (EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS)
The table below reports the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by each Executive Director during the 
period. Details of the figures in the table are provided opposite.

Period ended 3 October 2015

Andrew Andrea

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

Period ended 4 October 2014

Andrew Andrea

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

Total salary 
and fees
£

325,000

289,000

521,000

Total salary 
and fees
£

317,000

282,000

508,000

Taxable 
benefits
£

14,438

14,438

17,138

Taxable 
benefits
£

14,438

14,438

17,138

Annual 
bonus
£

130,000

115,600

208,400

Annual 
bonus
£

79,250

70,500

127,000

Long-term 
incentives
£

Pension related 
benefits
£

Total
£

670,058

598,525

65,000

57,800

130,250

1,094,044

Pension related 
benefits
£

63,425

323,916

127,045

Total
£

689,778

841,148

1,121,294

135,620

121,687

217,256

Long-term 
incentives
restated1
£

215,665

150,294

342,111

1  In the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the period ended 4 October 2014, the long-term incentives figures for the period ended 4 October 2014 assumed that the LTIP awards granted in 

June 2012 would vest at 36%. The awards vested in October at 41.9% and in the above table for the period ended 4 October 2014 the long-term incentives figures have been updated to reflect 
that vesting. The value has been calculated by multiplying the number of shares in respect of which the awards vested by £1.615 (being the market value of a share on 23 October 2015, the date 
of vesting). The long-term incentives figure for the period ended 4 October 2014 also includes £2,537 for Andrew Andrea, £1,105 for Peter Dalzell and Ralph Findlay, in respect of SAYE options 
granted in that period, as disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the period ended 4 October 2014.

42

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Figures in the single figure table are derived from the following:

Total salary and fees

The amount of salary/fees received in the period. 

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

The taxable value of benefits received in the period. These are car allowance, private medical insurance and life 
assurance.

The annual bonus earned in the period ended 3 October 2015. A description of Group performance against which 
the bonus pay-out was determined is provided on page 44. No Executive Director has elected to defer any of the 
bonus earned into shares.

Long-term incentives

The value of LTIP awards that vest in respect of the financial period and the value of SAYE options granted in the 
financial period.

LTIP: The 2012 LTIP award vested at 41.9%. In the single total figure of remuneration table for the period ended 
4 October 2014, the relevant value is calculated as disclosed in the footnote to that table. The original estimate 
disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the period ended 4 October 2014 was that 36% of the 
2012 LTIP would vest. Awards vest after the end of the financial period and then only subject to the Committee 
being satisfied that the current underlying financial performance supports the formulaic output of the award. 
The best estimate at that time was that the awards would vest at 36%. In October 2015 the Committee were 
satisfied that the financial performance of the Group for 2014/15 supported the vesting of the awards based on 
EPS performance over the previous three years, at 41.9%.

LTIP: The 2013 LTIP award will vest in June 2016 but the pay-out will continue to be determined by the Committee 
in October 2016 subject to the financial performance of the Group for 2015/16. For the purposes of the single total 
figure of remuneration table for the period ended 3 October 2015, it has been estimated that the 2013 LTIP will vest 
at 41.7%, and the value included in the table has been calculated by multiplying the number of shares in respect 
of which the 2013 LTIP is estimated to vest by the average share price over the last quarter of the financial period 
ending 3 October 2015. 

SAYE: For the period ended 3 October 2015, for Peter Dalzell, the long-term incentive value includes the value of 
SAYE options granted based on the fair value of the options at grant.

Pension related benefits The pension figure represents the cash value of pension contributions received by the Executive Directors. 

This includes any salary supplement in lieu of a Company pension contribution and for individuals in the 
Company’s defined benefit pension scheme at the time of the scheme closure (30 September 2014) the 2014 
figure also includes the additional value achieved in the period calculated using the HMRC method (using a 
multiplier of 20). Further details of pension benefits are set out on page 46.

INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS OF REMUNERATION (EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS)
Base salary
Base salaries for individual Executive Directors are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are set with reference 
to individual performance, experience and responsibilities within the Group as well as with reference to similar roles in comparable 
companies. For 2014/15, Ralph Findlay, Andrew Andrea and Peter Dalzell received an average 2.5% salary increase, which was in 
line with the average salary increases across the Group.

For 2015/16, the basic salary increase for Executive Directors is circa 2%, which is in line with the average salary increases across 
the Group. Peter Dalzell has been awarded an additional salary increase of 3.5% to reflect his span of responsibility, to align his 
salary with the other Executive Directors and to recognise his contribution to the long-term success of the Group. The base salaries 
for 2014/15 and 2015/16 are as set out below:

Name

Andrew Andrea

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

2015/16 
base salary

2014/15 
base salary

£331,000

£305,000

£531,000

£325,000

£289,000

£521,000

Increase

1.8%

5.5%

1.9%

During the year Ralph Findlay was appointed as a Non-executive Director of Bovis Homes Group PLC. Any fees payable in 
connection with the role are paid directly to, and retained by, the Company.

43

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual bonus
With the exception of our pub managers and field-based sales teams, all bonus arrangements within the Group have the same 
structure and pay-out mechanism, though the maximum potential award, expressed as a percentage of salary, varies between 
different employee groups. Payments are calculated based upon achieving or exceeding pre-set targets for both Group profit and 
return on capital. 

2014/15
For 2014/15, Executive Directors could earn a bonus equivalent to 50% of base salary for hitting on-target performance and this 
increases on a linear basis for performance above the set targets up to a maximum of 100% of base salary. If the target is not 
achieved then there is a linear reduction in the bonus awarded using the prior period as a base. For Executive Directors, the bonus 
agreement includes three additional conditions:

•  Any bonus earned in excess of 40% of the maximum opportunity is payable in shares in the Company, which will be deferred for a 

period of three years; 

•  A malus provision is operated which gives the Remuneration Committee the discretion to reduce/lapse unvested deferred shares 
if an act or omission of the participant contributes to a material misstatement of the Group’s financial statements or results in 
material loss or reputational damage for the Company; and

•  A clawback provision allows the Remuneration Committee to recover any cash bonus awarded (for up to two years after 
payment) if certain events occur. These events include serious misconduct and a material misstatement of the Group’s 
audited results.

The Directors consider that the future Group profit and return on capital targets are matters which are commercially sensitive; 
they provide our competitors with insight into our business plans and expectations and should therefore remain confidential to 
the Group. However, the following table sets out the bonus pay-out to the Executive Directors for 2014/15 and Marston’s target and 
actual Group profit and return on capital performance for the year.

2014/15

* before non-underlying items.

Group profit 
target*

Group profit 
actual*

Target return on 
capital

Actual return on 
capital

Executive 
Director bonus as 
a percentage of 
salary

£93.0m

£91.5m

10.6%

10.8%

40%

2015/16
No changes are proposed in respect of the annual bonus scheme for 2015/16 with awards based on Group profit (two-thirds) and 
return on capital (one-third). The Remuneration Committee will continue to disclose how the bonus pay-out delivered relates to 
performance against the targets on a retrospective basis.

Long Term Incentive Plan
Awards vesting in respect of the financial period 2014/15
LTIP awards granted in 2012/13 were subject to the achievement of an EPS growth performance condition over a three-year period. 
Awards vest on a sliding scale with 35% becoming exercisable if annual EPS growth exceeds RPI by 3% (9.3% over three years). 
For 100% of an award to vest EPS growth must exceed RPI by 9% per annum (29.5% over three years).

The extent to which the LTIP awards granted in June 2013 will vest will not be determined by the Remuneration Committee until 
October 2016, therefore an estimate of the level of vesting has been made. During the 2013/14 financial period the Remuneration 
Committee noted that the historical EPS figure would be restated to reflect the new pension accounting standard and also 
discussed the impact of the portfolio disposal activity on the remaining awards made under the 2004 LTIP scheme. Given the short 
term impact on earnings for longer-term improvements in performance it was agreed that the 2012 and 2013 LTIP awards should 
be measured against an adjusted EPS figure. It is estimated that the 2013 LTIP will vest at 41.7%. The awards will only vest if the 
prevailing performance of the Group in 2016 supports it. This decision is at the discretion of the Committee.

44

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Awards granted during 2014/15
In respect of the period ended 3 October 2015 the following awards were granted under the 2014 LTIP:

Andrew Andrea

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

Type of award

Percentage 
of salary

Number  
of shares

Face value 
at grant1

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

125%

125%

125%

248,167

406,249

220,678

361,249

397,831

651,249

% of award 
vesting at 
threshold

25%

25%

25%

Performance 
period

Financial 
periods 
2014/15 
to 2016/17 
inclusive

1  The face value at grant has been calculated using the mid-market share price at date of grant of £1.637.

The performance metrics for these LTIP awards are as follows:

% linked to award

Base

Threshold 
vesting 
at 25% 
of the 
maximum 
award

Vesting 
at 50% 
of the 
maximum 
award

Maximum 
vesting 
at 100% 
of the 
maximum 
award

CROCCE

FCF

Relative TSR 

40%

40%

20%

10.8% Base +0.25% Base +0.5% Base +1.0%
Base +30% 
average 
growth 

Base +7.5% 
average 
growth 

Base +15% 
average 
growth

£300m

–

Median

Upper quintile

When considering the 2014/15 LTIP award proposals the Remuneration Committee reviewed the base numbers and performance 
conditions and agreed they remain challenging and so are unchanged. Each award is also subject to a further underlying financial 
performance condition and will only vest if, in the opinion of the Committee, the prevailing financial performance of the Group in the 
period of vesting supports it. 

There will be straight-line vesting between the points and no reward below threshold performance. The base amounts will be set at 
a level that is considered stretching but without encouraging undue risk.

•  CROCCE: Cash Return On Cash Capital Employed. The use of CROCCE (as opposed to an EBIT return on book value) removes 

potential distortions from subjective decisions on depreciation policy and asset revaluation. CROCCE will be based on the budget 
target for 2016. Threshold vesting for this measure would only be earned if this target is exceeded by 0.25% over the three-
year period. 

•  FCF: Free Cash Flow. This reflects the operating cash flow of the business after tax and interest which is available to return to 

shareholders as dividends; to reinvest to increase returns; or to pay down debt. It is more closely aligned to operating performance 
than a simple leverage ratio. FCF in 2016 will be set as a three-year cumulative amount based on the projections for 2016, 2017 
and 2018. Awards will only be earned if FCF exceeds that cumulative level at the end of three years by at least 7.5%.

•  Relative TSR: Total Shareholder Return compared against the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts). The Remuneration 
Committee believe that a wider comparator group is a more robust and realistic way of measuring how shareholders value 
the Company and, furthermore, have set the maximum reward at upper quintile performance recognising our commitment to 
ensuring there are demanding performance targets. In addition, the Remuneration Committee will require that the element of 
the award associated with TSR performance will only be earned if underlying financial performance supports it.

The weightings for each measure have been set to balance what the Remuneration Committee consider to be the direction of focus 
for management in its day-to-day direction of the business with its ultimate responsibility to shareholders. In order to maintain 
transparency the Remuneration Committee will disclose how the Group has performed against each of the performance metrics 
following the end of the performance period.

45

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

2015/16 Awards
It is intended to make awards under the LTIP in 2015/16 based on the same performance metrics. Base numbers will be finalised 
and disclosed next year. 

Total pension entitlements 
Defined benefit schemes
The defined benefit scheme was closed to new entrants from 29 September 1997. The scheme closed to future accrual on 
30 September 2014 upon which date Peter Dalzell became a deferred member. Peter Dalzell takes a salary supplement of 20% of 
base salary in lieu of future pension provision. Ralph Findlay became a deferred member of the Marston’s PLC Pension and Life 
Assurance Scheme on 5 April 2012 and takes a salary supplement of 25% of base salary in lieu of future pension provision. 

The details of pensions accrued in the defined benefit scheme are shown in the table below:

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

Accrued pension 
at 30.09.15 
£

Accrued pension 
at 30.09.14 
£

Normal 
retirement age 

80,659

109,969

79,693

108,655

65

60

Early retirement can be taken from age 55 provided the Group gives its consent. The accrued pension will then be reduced to take 
account of its early payment.

On death before retirement, if still employed by Marston’s, a spouse’s pension is payable equal to one-third of the member’s 
pension for Peter Dalzell and 50% for Ralph Findlay plus a lump sum equal to the Director’s contributions (including those made 
via salary sacrifice). On death after retirement the spouse’s pension payable is 60% of the member’s pre-commutation pension, for 
both Peter Dalzell and Ralph Findlay.

Defined contribution scheme
The Group makes contributions into the Group Personal Pension Plan (‘GPPP’) on behalf of Andrew Andrea. A rate of 20% of base 
salary (paid partly as a GPPP contribution and partly as a taxable cash supplement) is payable in return for a minimum personal 
contribution of 7.5%. For the period ended 3 October 2015, the Group contribution for Andrew Andrea was £65,000, being £15,625 
pension contribution and a salary supplement of £49,375.

In 2014/15, in lieu of pension contributions, Ralph Findlay received a taxable cash supplement of 25% and Peter Dalzell received a 
taxable cash supplement of 20%.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION (CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS)
The table below reports the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by the Chairman and each Non-executive 
Director during the period:

Total salary 
and fees 
£

Total
£

180,000

180,000

54,000

46,500

15,500

38,750

59,000

46,500

54,000

46,500

15,500

38,750

59,000

46,500

Period ended 3 October 2015

Roger Devlin

Nick Backhouse

Carolyn Bradley

Rosalind Cuschieri1

Catherine Glickman2

Neil Goulden

Robin Rowland

1  Rosalind Cuschieri stepped down from the Board on 27 January 2015.
2  Catherine Glickman was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 December 2014.

46

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Period ended 4 October 2014

Roger Devlin

Nick Backhouse

Carolyn Bradley1

Rosalind Cuschieri

Neil Goulden

Lord Hodgson2

Robin Rowland

Total salary 
and fees
£

180,000

48,500

715

44,500

53,166

18,167

44,500

Total 
£

180,000

48,500

715

44,500

53,166

18,167

44,500

1  Carolyn Bradley was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 October 2014.
2  Lord Hodgson stepped down from the Board on 21 January 2014.

Fees
The Remuneration Policy for Non-executive Directors, other than the Chairman, is determined by the Board and is reviewed every 
two years. Fees for the Non-executive Directors were reviewed in 2013/2014 and reflect the responsibilities and duties placed 
upon Non-executive Directors whilst also having regard to market practice. The Chairman’s fee was set on his appointment to the 
Board in September 2013 and was reviewed by the Remuneration Committee this year. The increase of 4.2% is in line with average 
pay awards within the Group over the last two years. The Non-executive Directors do not participate in any of the Group’s share 
incentive plans nor do they receive any benefits or pension contributions.

Chairman

Fee

Non-executive Directors

Basic fee

Additional fee for

– Chairmanship of the Audit Committee

– Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee

– Senior Independent Non-executive Director

2015/16 

2014/15

£187,500

£180,000

2015/16 

£46,500

2014/15

£46,500

£7,500

£7,500

£5,000

£7,500

£7,500

£5,000

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS
There were no payments made to past Directors during the period in respect of services provided to the Company as a Director.

PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE
There were no payments for loss of office made during the year.

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND SHARE INTERESTS
Executive Directors are expected to build up and maintain a shareholding in the Company equal to at least one times salary. 
During the period the Committee reviewed Directors’ shareholding requirements and agreed to adopt market value at the end of 
the financial period as the basis for calculating the required shareholding, instead of the historic acquisition costs. This aligns the 
valuation method with market practice and better reflects the Directors’ level of investment and commitment to the Company.

As at 3 October 2015, Andrew Andrea held 87%, Peter Dalzell held 50% and Ralph Findlay held in excess of 100% of base salary 
(based on the closing mid-market price of an ordinary share on 2 October 2015 being the last business day prior to the period end).

47

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Director

Andrew Andrea 

Peter Dalzell

Ralph Findlay

Nick Backhouse

Carolyn Bradley

Rosalind Cuschieri2

Roger Devlin

Catherine Glickman

Neil Goulden

Robin Rowland

Type
Shares
Nil cost options1 
SAYE options
Shares 
Nil cost options1 
SAYE options
Shares 
Nil cost options1 
SAYE options

Shares

Shares

Shares

Shares

Shares

Shares

Shares

Owned 
outright 
185,125 
N/A 
N/A
95,509 
N/A 
N/A
993,303 
N/A 
N/A

25,000

25,000

–

150,000

25,000

268,000

52,083

Exercised 
during 
the year 
N/A 
N/A 
0
N/A 
N/A 
20,302
N/A 
N/A 
20,302

  Unvested

Subject to 
performance 
conditions
N/A 
1,049,652 
N/A
N/A 
874,037 
N/A
N/A 
1,681,313 
N/A

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions
N/A 
N/A 
19,726
N/A 
N/A 
14,055
N/A 
N/A 
7,438

Total as at 
3 October  
2015
185,125 
1,049,652 
19,726
95,509 
874,037 
14,055
993,303 
1,681,313 
7,438

25,000

25,000

–

150,000

25,000

268,000

52,083

1  On 23 October 2015 the Remuneration Committee determined that the underlying financial performance of the period ended 3 October 2015 supported the vesting of the 2012 LTIP at 41.9%.
2  Rosalind Cuschieri stepped down from the Board on 27 January 2015 and held 88,126 ordinary shares at that date. 

The following sections of the Remuneration Report are not subject to audit.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH AND TABLE
This graph shows the value, at 3 October 2015, of £100 invested in the Company on 6 October 2008 compared to the value of £100 
invested in the FTSE All Share Index. The FTSE All Share Index has been selected as a comparator because the Company is a 
member of that index.

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

OCT 08

OCT 09

OCT 10

OCT 11

OCT 12

OCT 13

OCT 14

OCT 15

Marston’s Net TSR

FTSE All Share Net TSR

STATEMENT OF VOTING AT LAST AGM
The Company remains committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes. The following 
table sets out actual voting in respect of the resolutions relating to Directors’ remuneration matters at the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting on 27 January 2015:

Resolution

Votes for

% of vote

Votes against

Approve the Annual Report on Remuneration

97,950,014

99.46%

535,561

% of vote

0.54%

Votes 
withheld

1,146,629

48

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER REMUNERATION FOR PREVIOUS SEVEN YEARS

2014/15

2013/14

2012/13

2011/12

2010/11

2009/10

2008/09

Total 
remuneration

£1,094,044

£1,121,294

£937,312

£815,690

£974,784

£826,677

£640,190

Annual bonus 
(% of maximum 
opportunity)

LTIP 
(% of maximum 
number of shares) 

40%

25%

0%

40%

46%

40%

0%

41.7%

41.9%1

44.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

1  In the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the period ended 4 October 2014, the table showing the Chief Executive Officer remuneration for the previous six years assumed that the LTIP awards 
granted in June 2012 would vest at 36.0%. As noted on page 43, those LTIP awards vested in October 2015 at 41.9% and in the table above the total remuneration figure and vesting percentage 
for 2013/14 have been updated accordingly.

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER REMUNERATION
The table below sets out in relation to salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus the percentage increase in remuneration for Ralph 
Findlay versus the prior year compared to the wider workforce. For these purposes, this includes head office and supply chain employees 
but excludes pub-based staff as the majority of these employees have their remuneration rate set by statute rather than the market.

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus1

CEO Wider workforce

1.9%

0.0%

60.0%

2.0%

0.0%

2.92%

1  For 2014/15, the bonus payable for both the CEO and the wider workforce is 40% of the maximum annual bonus entitlement. For 2013/14 the majority of the wider workforce received 40% of 
their maximum annual bonus entitlement. For the CEO (and senior managers and other Directors) the bonus awarded was scaled back from 40% to 25% taking into account the economic 
environment at that time. 

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY 
The following table sets out the percentage change in dividends and the overall expenditure on pay (as a whole across the organisation).

Dividends payable in respect of the period

Overall expenditure on pay (excluding non-underlying items)

2014/15

£40.1m

2013/14

£38.3m

£185.6m

£170.2m

% Change

4.7%

9.0%

ADVISERS
During the period the Committee received advice from a number of sources to ensure its decision making was informed and took 
account of pay and conditions in the Group as a whole and wider market conditions. These sources comprise:

•  Deloitte LLP (Deloitte). Appointed by the Committee in 2003, Deloitte is retained to provide independent advice to the Committee 
as required and has confirmed it remains independent. During the period, Deloitte has also provided internal audit services to 
the Company. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code 
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte’s fees for providing advice to the Remuneration 
Committee amounted to £10,900 (2014: £15,100).

•  Ralph Findlay, Chief Executive Officer, provided advice in respect of the remuneration of the other Executive Directors but was not 

in attendance when his own remuneration was discussed.

•  Anne-Marie Brennan, Group Secretary, provides general advice and support on governance and best practice, as secretary to 

the Committee.

49

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued 
directors’ remuneration policy

This part of the report sets out the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2014 
AGM. The policy came into effect on 5 October 2014. The policy is determined by the Company’s Remuneration Committee. 
The policy is due to be reviewed by shareholders at the 2017 AGM.

base salary

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Core element of fixed remuneration, reflecting the size and scope of the role.

Purpose is to recruit and retain Directors of the calibre required for the business.

Operation

Reviewed annually and usually fixed for 12 months commencing 1 October. 

Whilst Executive Directors are contractually entitled to an annual review of their salary, there is no entitlement to 
an increase as a result of this review.

Salary levels are determined by the Committee taking into account a range of factors including:
•  role, experience and performance;
•  alignment with workforce;
•  prevailing market conditions; and
•  external benchmarks for similar roles at comparable companies.

Opportunity

Salary increases are reviewed in the context of salary increases across the wider Group. The Committee considers 
any increase which is out of line with these very carefully and such increases may be awarded where there is a 
reason to do so taking into account relevant factors. These circumstances may include but are not limited to:
•  increase in scope and responsibility;
•  promotional increase to Executive Director; or
•  a salary falling significantly below market positioning.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, although the individual’s contribution and overall performance is one of the considerations in 
determining the level of any salary increase.

benefits

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Ensures the overall package is competitive.

Purpose is to recruit and retain Directors of the calibre required for the business.

Participation in the Save As You Earn scheme (SAYE) creates staff alignment with the Group and promotes a 
sense of ownership.

Operation

Executive Directors receive benefits in line with market practice which include a car allowance, private medical 
insurance and life assurance.

The SAYE is an HMRC approved monthly savings scheme facilitating the purchase of shares at a discount.

Other benefits may be provided based on the role and individual circumstances. These may include, for example, 
relocation and travel allowances.

Opportunity

Set at a level which the Committee considers appropriate against the market and provides a sufficient level of 
benefit based on individual circumstances.

SAYE contribution as permitted in accordance with the relevant tax legislation.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

50

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Annual bonus and deferred bonus plan (DBP)

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

Rewards performance against annual targets which support the strategic direction of the Company.

Compulsory deferral into shares aligns Executive Directors with shareholder interests and provides a 
retention element.

Targets are set annually and any pay-out is determined by the Committee after the period end, based on 
performance against those targets. The Committee has discretion to vary the bonus pay-out should any formulaic 
output not reflect the Committee’s assessment of overall business performance.

Any bonus earned in excess of 40% of the maximum award is usually payable in shares in the Company which 
will be deferred for a period of three years. Executive Directors can opt to defer a greater proportion if they wish. 
Deferral of any bonus earned is subject to a de minimis limit of £5,000.

A malus provision gives the Committee the right to cancel unvested shares if an act or omission of the participant 
contributes to a material misstatement of the Group’s financial statements or results in material loss or 
reputational damage for the Company.

A clawback provision allows the Committee to recover any bonus awarded (for up to two years) if certain events 
occur. These events include serious misconduct and a material misstatement of the Group’s audited results.

As with all Company bonuses, they remain discretionary and can be adjusted or removed at the Company’s 
discretion. In the case of Executive Directors this discretion lies with the Committee.

Opportunity

Maximum bonus opportunity is 100% of base salary.

Performance metrics

Financial targets are set each year reflecting the business priorities that underpin Group strategy and align to 
financial key performance indicators which may include Group profit and return on capital measures.

At least 50% of the award will be based on Group profit.

Payments range between 0% and 100% of base salary with 50% of the maximum entitlement for each measure 
payable for on-target performance. 

For achievement of the maximum performance level (the highest level of performance that results in any 
additional payment) 100% of the maximum opportunity will vest.

There is usually straight-line vesting between the threshold and target performance levels and between target and 
maximum performance levels.

The Committee has the discretion to vary the vesting schedules by reducing the percentage that vests at each 
performance level but not by increasing the percentage that vests.

51

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Long term incentive plan (LTIP)

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

Incentivises Executive Directors to deliver against the Company’s strategy over the longer term.

Long term performance targets and share-based remuneration support the creation of sustainable shareholder 
value.

The Committee makes long term incentive awards under the 2014 LTIP which was approved by shareholders at 
the 2014 AGM.

Under the 2014 LTIP, awards of conditional shares, restricted stock or nil cost options (or similar cash equivalent) 
can be made with vesting dependent on the achievement of performance conditions, normally over a three-year 
performance period.

Awards may vest early on a change of control (or other relevant event) subject to satisfaction of the performance 
conditions and pro-rating for time, although the Committee has discretion to increase the extent of vesting having 
due regard to performance over the period to vesting. 

As described on page 56, LTIP awards may also vest early in ‘good leaver’ circumstances.

Under the new LTIP the Committee has the right to reduce any LTIP awards which have not yet vested (i.e. a malus 
provision) if an act or omission contributes to a material misstatement of the Group’s financial statements or 
results in material loss or reputational damage for the Company.

At any time on or after the vesting of an award and prior to the second anniversary of vesting, a clawback provision 
allows the Committee to reduce the number of shares subject to an award or cancel an un-exercised award or 
require a cash payment in respect of shares already delivered under an award if certain events occur. These events 
include serious misconduct and a material misstatement of the Group’s audited results.

The Committee may at its discretion structure awards as Approved Performance Share Plan (APSP) awards. 
APSP awards enable the participant and Company to benefit from HMRC approved option tax treatment in 
respect of part of the award, without increasing the pre-tax value delivered to participants. APSP awards may be 
structured either as an approved option for the part of the award up to the HMRC limit (currently £30,000) with 
an unapproved option for the balance and a ‘linked award’ to fund the exercise price of the approved option, or as 
an approved option and an LTIP award, with the vesting of the LTIP award scaled back to take account of any gain 
made on exercise of the approved option. 

Opportunity

The normal maximum award size will be 125% of base salary in respect of any financial year.

In exceptional circumstances the Committee reserves the right to award up to 200% of base salary in respect of 
any financial year.

These limits do not include the value of shares subject to any approved option granted as part of an APSP award.

Performance metrics

The vesting of LTIP awards is subject to the satisfaction of performance targets set by the Committee. 

The performance measures are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain relevant but will be based on financial 
measures and/or share price growth related measures, including (but not exclusively):
•  free cash flow;
•  return on capital employed; and
•  relative total shareholder return.

The relevant metrics and the respective weightings may vary each year based upon Company strategic priorities.

For 2016, the performance measures and weightings will be:
•  40% free cash flow;
•  40% cash return on cash capital employed; and
•  20% relative total shareholder return.

For the achievement of threshold performance no more than 25% of each respective element of the award 
will vest.

For the achievement of maximum performance 100% of each respective element will vest.

There will be straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

The Committee will regularly review the performance conditions and targets to ensure they are aligned to 
Marston’s strategy and remain challenging and reflective of commercial expectations.

The Committee has the discretion to vary the vesting schedules by reducing the percentage that vests at each 
performance level but not by increasing the percentage that vests.

52

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Retirement benefits 

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Operation

To recruit and retain Directors of the calibre required for the business.

Provides market competitive post-employment (or cash equivalent) benefits.

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the defined contribution pension scheme (or such other pension 
plan as may be deemed appropriate) and, if a member before closure of the scheme, the defined benefit scheme.

The defined benefit scheme was closed to new entrants from 29 September 1997. Executive Directors who are 
members of the closed scheme can continue to receive benefits in accordance with the terms of this scheme. 

In appropriate circumstances, Executive Directors may take a salary supplement instead of contributions into a 
pension plan.

Opportunity

Ralph Findlay, who was previously a member of the defined benefit scheme has opted to no longer accrue future 
benefits and instead receives 25% of base salary as a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions.

All the other Executive Directors (including any new appointments) may receive contributions of up to 20% of base 
salary under the defined contribution pension scheme, an equivalent cash allowance or a combination of the two 
(up to 20% of base salary). 

Active members of the defined benefit pension scheme continued to accrue benefits under this scheme until 
30 September 2014.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Non-executive Director fees

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Sole element of Non-executive Director remuneration set at a level that reflects market conditions and is sufficient 
to attract individuals with appropriate knowledge and experience.

Operation

Fees are reviewed every two years and amended to reflect market positioning and any change in responsibilities.

The Committee recommends the remuneration of the Chairman to the Board. Fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors are determined and approved by the Board as a whole.

The Non-executive Directors do not participate in the annual bonus plan, any of the Group’s share incentive plans 
nor do they receive any benefits or pension contributions.

Opportunity

Fees are based on the level of fees paid to Non-executive Directors serving on Boards of similar-sized UK-listed 
companies and the time commitment and contribution expected for the role.

Non-executive Directors receive a basic fee and an additional fee for further duties (e.g. chairmanship of a 
Committee or Senior Independent Director responsibilities).

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office 
notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed: 

(i)  before the Policy came into effect; or 

(ii)   at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Remuneration Committee, 

the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

For these purposes the term payments includes the Remuneration Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in 
relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted. For the avoidance of doubt, 
the Remuneration Committee’s discretion includes discretion to determine, in accordance with the rules of the current LTIP, the 
extent to which awards under that plan may vest in the event of a change of control or in a ‘good leaver’ circumstance.

The Committee may make minor changes to this Policy, which do not have a material advantage to Directors, to aid in its operation 
or implementation taking into account the interests of shareholders but without the need to seek shareholder approval.

53

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXPLANATION OF PERFORMANCE METRICS CHOSEN
Performance measures are selected that are aligned to the Company’s strategy. Stretching performance targets are set each year 
for the annual bonus and long term incentive awards. In setting these stretching performance targets the Committee will take 
into account a number of different reference points which may include the Company’s business plans and strategy and the market 
environment. Where relative total shareholder return is used there will be no payment for performance below median (compared to 
the comparator group).

The annual bonus performance targets reflect key financial objectives of the Company and reward for delivery against these. 

The LTIP performance targets reflect the Company’s strategic objectives and therefore the financial and strategic decisions which 
ultimately determine the success of the Company. The LTIP performance measures are based on financial measures and/or share 
price growth related measures, including (but not exclusively):

•  Cash Return On Cash Capital Employed – this is a key driver of shareholder value and reflects Marston’s investment/disposal 

plans and the balance sheet. 

•  Free Cash Flow – this reflects the operating cash flow of the business after tax and interest which is available to return to 

shareholders as dividends; to reinvest to increase returns; or to pay down debt. 

•  Relative Total Shareholder Return – aligns management’s objectives with those of shareholders and is a broad measure 
of the extent to which Company strategy is considered appropriate by the market as well as the extent to which it is being 
well implemented. 

The Remuneration Committee retains the discretion to adjust the performance targets and measures where it considers it 
appropriate to do so (for example, to reflect changes in the structure of the business and to assess performance on a fair and 
consistent basis from year to year).

ILLUSTRATION OF APPLICATION OF REMUNERATION POLICY
The requirement to illustrate the relative split of remuneration between fixed pay and variable pay for each Executive Director, 
on the basis of minimum remuneration, remuneration receivable for performance in line with the Company’s expectations and 
maximum remuneration, only applies to the first financial year of the current Remuneration Policy. These charts can be viewed on 
pages 41 to 42 in the 2014 Annual Report and Accounts which is available at www.marstons.co.uk

DIFFERENCES IN POLICY FROM THE WIDER EMPLOYEE POPULATION
The Company aims to provide a remuneration package that is market competitive, complies with any statutory requirements and is 
applied fairly and equitably across the wider employee population. Where remuneration is not determined by statutory regulation, 
the Company operates the same core principles as it does for Executive Directors, namely:

•  We remunerate people in a manner that allows for stability of the business and the opportunity for sustainable long-term growth.

•  We seek to remunerate fairly and consistently for each role with due regard to the marketplace, internal consistency and the 

Company’s ability to pay.

With the exception of our pub managers and field-based sales teams, all bonus arrangements within the Group normally have the 
same structure and pay-out mechanism as those for Executive Directors.

Participation in the DBP and LTIP is extended to the senior management team at the discretion of the Board and, in line with the 
policy for Executive Directors, share ownership is encouraged and LTIP participants are expected to build and maintain a minimum 
level of shareholding. We also encourage long term employee engagement through the offer of SAYE to all employees of the Group 
who meet a minimum service requirement.

54

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

RECRUITMENT REMUNERATION POLICY
When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will typically seek to use the Policy detailed in the table above to determine 
the Executive Director’s ongoing remuneration package. To facilitate the hiring of candidates of the appropriate calibre required 
to implement the Group’s strategy, the Committee also retains the discretion to include any other remuneration component or 
award which is outside the Policy. In determining appropriate remuneration, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant 
factors (including the quantum and nature of remuneration) to ensure the arrangements are in the best interests of Marston’s and 
its shareholders.

The Committee may make an award to buy out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so 
the Committee will take account of relevant factors including the form of award, any performance conditions attached to these 
awards and the time over which they would have vested. The Committee would seek to incorporate buy-out awards in line with the 
Company’s remuneration framework as far as is practical. The Committee may consider other components for structuring the 
buy-out, including cash or shares awards, restricted stock awards and share options where there is a commercial rationale for 
doing so. 

Appropriate costs and support will be covered if the recruitment requires relocation of the individual. 

All recruitment awards will normally be liable to forfeiture or clawback on early departure. For Executive Directors, early departure 
is defined as being within the first two years of employment. 

The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted (excluding buy-out arrangements) is three times salary. 
The Committee will ensure that such awards are linked to the achievement of appropriate and challenging performance measures 
and will be forfeited if performance or continued employment conditions are not met.

SERVICE CONTRACTS AND POLICY ON PAYMENT FOR LOSS OF OFFICE
Executive Directors’ contracts are on a rolling 12 month basis and are subject to 12 months’ notice when terminated by the 
Company and six months’ notice when terminated by the Director. The Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, in order 
to attract and retain suitable executives, offer service contracts with up to an initial 24 month notice period which then reduce to 
12 months at the end of this initial period. 

The current Non-executive Directors, including the Chairman, do not have a service contract and their appointments, whilst for a 
term of three years, may be terminated without compensation at any time. All Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment 
and their appointment and subsequent re-appointment is subject to annual approval by shareholders.

55

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

The principles on which the determination of payments of loss of office will be approached are summarised below:

 provision

treatment upon loss of office

Payment in lieu of notice Payments to Executive Directors upon termination of their contracts will be equal to base salary plus the value 
of core benefits for the duration of the notional notice period. Benefits may also include, but are not limited to, 
outplacement and legal fees. 

They will also be entitled to pension contributions for the duration of the notional notice period or the requisite 
cash allowance equivalent.

Annual bonus

This will be at the discretion of the Committee on an individual basis and the decision whether or not to award a 
bonus in full or in part will be dependent upon a number of factors including the circumstances of their departure 
and their contribution to the business during the bonus period in question. Any bonus amounts paid (as estimated 
by the Committee) will typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and will, subject to performance, be 
paid at the usual time.

Deferred bonus

Any deferred award under the deferred bonus plan will be determined based on the leaver provisions contained 
within the deferred bonus plan rules.

For participants leaving before the first anniversary of the date of grant, deferred awards will lapse unless the 
participant is considered a ‘good leaver’. For a good leaver the deferred award will vest in full. ‘Good leavers’ are 
participants who leave as a result of redundancy, death, ill-health, injury or disability, the sale of his employer out 
of the Group or any other reason at the discretion of the Committee.

For a participant leaving after the first anniversary of the date of grant the award will vest in full unless 
employment is terminated for reasons of misconduct (in which case the award will lapse).

2014 LTIP

Any award under the 2014 LTIP would be determined based on the leaver provisions contained within the 2014 
LTIP plan rules.

For ‘good leavers’ LTIP awards will usually vest at the ordinary vesting point, be subject to performance conditions 
and pro-rated for time. ‘Good leavers’ are participants who leave as a result of death, ill-health, injury or disability, 
the sale of his employer out of the Group or any other reason at the discretion of the Committee. In other 
circumstances LTIP awards will lapse upon the cessation of employment.

The Committee retains the discretion to accelerate vesting and to waive pro-rating for time.

Change of control

Upon a change of control incentive awards will usually vest and be subject to performance conditions and pro-
rated for time. 

The Committee retains the discretion to waive pro-rating for time.

Mitigation

Ralph Findlay’s service contract is formed under a model which was approved by the Committee in 2001 and there 
is no reduction in payments for mitigation or for early payment as the Remuneration Committee has taken the 
view that as a long-standing employee of the Group, full compensation would be merited in the event of unilateral 
termination of his employment by the Group. 

Andrew Andrea and Peter Dalzell’s service contracts were formed under a new model approved in 2009 and 
provide that, subject to formal notice being given by either party, any payment during the notice period will be 
reduced by any amount earned in that period from alternative employment as a result of being released to work 
for another employer prior to the conclusion of their notice period.

56

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

STATEMENT OF CONSIDERATION OF EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE IN THE COMPANY
Salary, benefits and performance related rewards provided to employees are taken into account when setting policy for 
Executive Directors’ remuneration. Although employees are not actively consulted on Directors’ remuneration the Company 
has regular contact with union bodies on matters of pay and remuneration for employees covered by collective bargaining or 
consultation arrangements. 

In October of each year a paper is submitted to the Remuneration Committee by the Group People Director summarising the 
outcome of any annual reviews made to the wider workforce (including head office and supply chain employees but excluding  
pub-based staff as the majority of these employees have their remuneration rate set by statute rather than the market). 
This paper is taken into account when setting Executive Directors’ remuneration effective from the start of October for the 
following 12 months. In addition, and where relevant, a similar paper is submitted in October covering the decisions taken by the 
Executive Committee relating to bonus payments for employees within the wider workforce. This is taken into consideration by the 
Remuneration Committee when approving bonus awards for Executive Directors.

STATEMENT OF CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS
The Committee is committed to open and transparent dialogue with shareholders and welcomes feedback on Executive and  
Non-executive Directors’ remuneration. 

Prior to the 2014 LTIP being formally put to shareholders, the Committee held an open dialogue with major shareholders and 
institutional investor bodies setting out the proposals and the detailed thinking and planning behind them.

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Neil Goulden
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
26 November 2015

57

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Other Statutory Information

This section contains additional information which the Directors are required by law and regulation to include within the Annual 
Report and Accounts. This section along with the information from the Chairman’s Statement on page 4 to the Statement of 
Directors’ Responsibilities on page 62 constitutes the Directors’ Report in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

STRATEGIC REPORT
The Company is required by the Companies Act to include a Strategic Report in this document. The information that fulfils the 
requirements of the Strategic Report can be found on pages 1 to 26, which are incorporated in this report by reference. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The corporate governance statement as required by the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR) 
7.2.1 is set out on pages 28 to 38 and is incorporated into this report by reference.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
In-house research and development is undertaken alongside work with the British Beer and Pub Association (BBPA) and Brewing 
Research International.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Details of the Company’s issued share capital and of the movements during the period are shown in note 27 to the financial 
statements on page 107. The Company has one class of ordinary shares and one class of preference shares. On a poll vote, 
ordinary and preference shareholders have one vote for every 25 pence of nominal value of ordinary and preference share capital 
held in relation to all circumstances at general meetings of the Company. The issued nominal value of the ordinary shares and 
preference shares is 100% of the total issued nominal value of all share capital.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general 
provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders 
of the Company’s shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Details of employee share schemes are set out in note 26 to the financial statements on pages 106 to 107. Where shares are held 
on behalf of the Company’s share schemes, the trustees have waived their right to vote and to dividends. 

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

Under the Articles of Association, the Directors have authority to allot ordinary shares subject to the aggregate set at the 2015 
Annual General Meeting (AGM). The Company was also given authority at its 2015 AGM to make market purchases of ordinary 
shares up to a maximum number of 57,314,054 shares. Similar authority will again be sought from shareholders at the 2016 AGM.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. The Articles may be amended by special resolution of 
the shareholders. The powers of the Directors are further described in the Corporate Governance Report on pages 28 to 38.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
There are a number of agreements that take effect after, or terminate upon, a change of control of the Company, such as 
commercial contracts, bank loan agreements, property lease arrangements and employee share plans. None of these are 
considered to be significant in terms of their likely impact on the business as a whole. Furthermore, the Directors are not aware 
of any agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees that provide for compensation for loss of office or 
employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

MAJOR INTEREST IN COMPANY’S SHARES
Notifications of the following voting interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital had been received by the Company (in 
accordance with Chapter 5 of the DTR. The information shown below was correct at the time of disclosure. However, the date 
received may not have been within the current financial reporting period and the percentages shown (as provided at the time of 
disclosure) have not been re-calculated based on the issued share capital at the period end. It should also be noted that these 
holdings may have changed since the Company was notified, however, notification of any change is not required until the next 
notifiable threshold is crossed.

No further notifications have been received by the Company between 3 October 2015 and 23 November 2015 (being the latest 
practical date prior to the date of this report).

58

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Ordinary shares of 7.375 pence each

Shareholder

The Capital Group Companies, Inc

Brewin Dolphin

Royal London Asset Management Limited

As at 
3 October 2015

% of 
voting rights

34,423,328

28,751,311

23,114,123

6.01%

5.01%

4.03%

The Company also discloses the following information, obtained from the Register of Members, for the preference shares:

PREFERENCE SHARES

Shareholder

Fiske Nominees Ltd 

Mrs HM Medlock 

George Mary Allison Ltd 

Mr PF and Dr K Knowles

Mr GAL Southall and Mr N Aston

Mrs H Michels 

Mr R Somerville

Hargreave Hale Nominees Ltd

% of 
preference share 
voting rights

45.39%

13.87%

7.33%

5.80%

3.80%

3.66%

3.66%

3.60%

Number

34,048

10,407

5,500

4,356

2,855

2,750

2,750

2,700

DIVIDENDS ON ORDINARY SHARES
An interim dividend of 2.5 pence per ordinary share was paid on 7 July 2015. The Directors recommend a final dividend of 4.5 pence 
per ordinary share to be paid on 1 February 2016 to shareholders on the register on 18 December 2015. This would bring the total 
dividend for 2014/15 to 7.0 pence per ordinary share (2014: 6.7 pence per ordinary share). The payment of the final dividend is 
subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. 

PREFERENCE SHARES
The preference shares carry the right to a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum payable in June and 
December. Further details are given in note 17 on page 96.

DIRECTORS
Biographies of the Directors currently serving on the Board are set out on pages 30 and 31.

Changes to the Board during the period are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 33. Details of Directors’ service 
contracts are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 55. 

In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code all Directors will offer themselves for re-election at the 
AGM on 26 January 2016.

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITIES
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance in respect of legal action that might be brought against its 
Directors and Officers. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and to the extent permitted by law, the Company 
has indemnified each of its Directors and other Officers of the Group against certain liabilities that may be incurred as a result of 
their position within the Group. These indemnities were in place for the whole of the period ended 3 October 2015 and as at the date 
of the report. There are no indemnities in place for the benefit of the Auditors.

59

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Other Statutory Information 
continued

EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
The average number of employees within the Group is shown in note 5 to the financial statements on page 86.

Apart from ensuring that an individual has the ability to carry out a particular role, we do not discriminate in any way. We endeavour 
to retain employees if they become disabled, making reasonable adjustments to their role and, if necessary, look for redeployment 
opportunities within the Group. We also ensure that training, career development and promotion opportunities are available to all 
employees irrespective of gender, race, age or disability.

The Company is committed to employee involvement and keeps employees informed of the performance and strategy of the 
Group through presentations of the interim and annual results by senior management. In addition, there are a range of internal 
newsletters, booklets and briefings to keep employees abreast of developments. Employees views are sought through regular 
engagement surveys across the Group and action plans are put in place to respond to issues arising. Employees are encouraged to 
participate in the Company’s SAYE share scheme.

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY AND MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS REPORTING
Marston’s places social responsibility at the heart of its business. The Board recognises that responsible behaviour is key to 
building sustainable growth and reputational value. Our responsible approach defines our corporate behaviour, the perception of 
our brands and the appreciation for the quality of our products and standard of service.

Each year Marston’s publishes a Corporate Responsibility Report providing information on the many aspects of our corporate 
values, available at www.marstons.co.uk

Environmental Impact
Marston’s publishes detailed information on energy consumption, water usage and waste in its Corporate Responsibility Report. 
In recent years we have achieved considerable reductions in energy usage by replacing all the lighting in the public areas of our 
managed and franchised pubs with LED lighting. Water usage has been significantly reduced by installing water management 
systems in our managed pubs, and we are now rolling the same systems out across our franchised estate. We continue to aim to 
increase the percentage of waste being recycled (2015: 81.0%, 2014: 80.2%). Currently 336 of our managed pubs recycle food waste 
(2014: 319).

This year electricity and gas consumption emissions have again increased due to greater food sales, additional new-build pub-
restaurants, and the conversion of more tenanted pubs to franchised. Marston’s estate maintenance team continues to work to 
reduce energy and emissions in the pub estate. Projects have included installing LED lighting in all front of house areas, ambient 
air to cool our cellars rather than air conditioning, voltage optimisation, heating control systems and heat recovery systems.

Fuel Types

Electricity and gas

Petrol and diesel

Refrigerants – breweries

Refrigerants – pubs

LPG

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity Ratio:

CO2e tonnes per £100,000 of turnover

2015

CO2e 
tonnes

128,611

11,809

62

4,393

2,417

2015

18.41

2014

CO2e 
tonnes

121,533

8,259

50

4,161

2,259

2014

17.67

Note:
1. We report on all the measured emissions sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013.
2. Data collected is in respect of the year ended 31 March 2015, the period for which our carbon emissions are reported under the Carbon Reduction Commitment Energy Efficiency Scheme. 

60

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

POLITICAL DONATIONS
Our policy is not to make any donations for political purposes in the UK or to donate to EU political parties or incur EU 
political expenditure.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The disclosures required in relation to the use of financial instruments by the Group together with details of our treasury policy and 
management are set out in note 20 to the financial statements on pages 98 to 101.

AUDITORS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have indicated their willingness to continue as Auditors and their re-appointment has been approved 
by the Audit Committee. Resolutions to re-appoint them and to authorise the Directors to determine their remuneration will be 
proposed at the 2016 AGM.

GOING CONCERN
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set 
out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group is described on pages 24 to 26. In addition, note 20 to the financial 
statements on pages 98 to 101 includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its exposures to interest rate 
risk, foreign currency risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Details of the Group’s financial instruments and hedging 
activities are also provided in note 20.

The Board has a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the financial statements set out on pages 69 to 112 and 115 to 124 have been 
prepared on the going concern basis.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The AGM of the Company will be held at Wolverhampton Wanderers Football Club, Molineux Stadium, Waterloo Road, 
Wolverhampton WV1 4QR at 12 noon on 26 January 2016. The notice convening the meeting, together with details of the special 
business to be considered and explanatory notes for each resolution, is distributed separately to shareholders. It is also available at 
www.marstons.co.uk, where a copy can be viewed and downloaded. 

By order of the Board

Anne-Marie Brennan
Company Secretary
26 November 2015

61

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by 
the European Union (EU), and the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the Group and Parent Company financial statements respectively;

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 

continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and the Group 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model and strategy. 

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on page 30 to 31 confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 

view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

•  the Strategic Report together with the Other Statutory Information includes a fair review of the development and performance of 

the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

In accordance with Section 418, Companies Act 2006, Directors’ reports shall include a statement, in the case of each Director in 
office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved, that:

(a) so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s Auditors are unaware; and

(b)  he/she has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make him/herself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s Auditors are aware of that information.

Ralph Findlay 
Chief Executive Officer 
26 November 2015

Andrew Andrea
Chief Financial Officer

62

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

in this section

Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report 
Group Accounts 
Notes to Group Accounts 
Independent Auditors’ Report  
Company Balance Sheet  
Notes to Company Accounts  
Five Year Record 

64 – 68
69 – 73
 74 – 112
113 – 114
115
116 – 124
125

63

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF MARSTON’S PLC

REPORT ON THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our opinion
•  In our opinion, Marston’s PLC’s Group financial statements (the ‘financial statements’):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 3 October 2015 and of its profit and cash flows for the period 

then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the 

European Union; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the ‘Annual Report’), comprise:

•  the Group Balance Sheet as at 3 October 2015;

•  the Group Income Statement and Group Statement of Comprehensive Income for the period then ended;

•  the Group Cash Flow Statement for the period then ended;

•  the Group Statement of Changes in Equity for the period then ended; and

•  the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other 

explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report, rather than in the notes to the financial 
statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is applicable law and IFRS 
as adopted by the European Union.

Our audit approach

Overview

Materiality

•   Overall Group materiality: £4.6 million which represents 5% of profit before tax and 

non-underlying items.

Audit scope

•   Audit performed at the level of the consolidated Group

•  Valuation of the estate

Areas of
focus

•  Disclosure of items as ‘non-underlying’

•  Accounting for uncertain tax positions

•  Accounting for the acquisition of the beer division of Daniel Thwaites PLC

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (‘ISAs (UK & Ireland)’).

We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, 
we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there is evidence of bias by 
the Directors that may represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

64

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, 
are identified as ‘areas of focus’ in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas 
in order to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a whole and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
should be read in this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Area of focus

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Valuation of the estate (notes 1, 4, 11, 12 and 15)
We focused on the Directors’ annual assessment of the carrying value 
of land and buildings because properties are a significant item on the 
balance sheet. The valuation in the period resulted in a net increase in 
shareholders’ equity of £57.3 million and a net £38.6 million impairment 
charge in the income statement. There are complex and subjective 
assumptions used in the valuations, including the future expected 
performance of pubs and multiples to be applied.

Disclosure of items as ‘non-underlying’ (notes 1 and 4)
The financial statements include certain items which are disclosed as 
‘non-underlying’ such as non-core estate disposal and reorganisation 
costs, impairment charges in respect of the property estate, losses on 
the portfolio disposal of pubs and the results arising from the ongoing 
management of these pubs, recognition of onerous lease provisions 
and associated leasehold impairments, movements in the financial 
assumptions used in determining the onerous lease provisions, 
relocation, reorganisation and integration costs and movements in the 
fair value of interest rate swaps. Management has included these items 
as non-underlying using the criteria explained in their accounting policy 
which is disclosed in note 1 to the financial statements. 

We focused on this area because non-underlying items are not defined 
by IFRS as adopted by the European Union and it therefore requires 
judgement by the Directors to identify such items. Consistency in 
identifying and disclosing items as non-underlying is important to 
maintain comparability of the results with previous periods.

Accounting for uncertain tax positions (note 1)
The Group has a number of outstanding corporate and indirect tax 
positions where recognition in the financial statements is judgemental 
given the uncertainty of settlement.

These uncertainties arise because these matters have not yet been 
resolved with HM Revenue & Customs and the Directors have had to 
make material judgements about the recognition or non-recognition of 
the benefits or liabilities associated with the tax positions.

We obtained the Directors’ valuation and impairment analysis 
and discussed the valuations, the methodology adopted and the 
assumptions used with the Group’s estates team and our valuation 
specialists. We also took into account the impact of changes in 
macroeconomic conditions, pub performance and recent market 
transactions and their associated multiples. We assessed the 
valuation methodologies adopted and found them to be appropriate.

We verified management’s assumptions on future earnings 
and multiples using recent market transactions data, historical 
pub performance and the level of investment in properties and 
considered the impact of movements in key assumptions. We found 
the assumptions adopted to be appropriate and consistent with our 
knowledge of the business.

Where material adjustments to valuations of specific assets occurred 
we agreed the revaluation adopted by management to external 
market information or third party evidence, including offers received 
that supported the value.

We found that the estate had been valued in line with the Group’s 
policy using appropriate methodologies and assumptions.

We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 
policy and whether those items disclosed as non-underlying were 
consistent with the accounting policy and the approach taken in 
previous accounting periods. We found the Group’s accounting 
policy to be appropriate and the classification of items to be 
consistent with the accounting policy.

We also considered an appropriate threshold to apply to non-
underlying items based on the financial statement line items 
that were affected. For example, property items are considered 
by management to have a higher threshold for disclosure as 
non-underlying. We concluded that the thresholds adopted are 
appropriate in the circumstances. 

We assessed whether other non-recurring items should have been 
classified as non-underlying and discussed this with the Directors 
and the Audit Committee. We confirmed that all significant items 
meeting the criteria in the Group’s accounting policy had been 
identified and that the treatment was consistent year on year.

We examined correspondence with HM Revenue & Customs and 
any legal challenges relevant to the individual circumstances of 
each case. We assessed the position taken by the Directors in 
respect of these uncertainties. 

We evaluated the appropriateness of the recognition or non-
recognition of the benefits or liabilities associated with these tax 
positions, and the treatment of any related interest. We found that 
the positions taken by the Directors were appropriate.

65

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE 
MEMBERS OF MARSTON’S PLC continued

Area of focus

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Accounting for the acquisition of the beer division of Daniel 
Thwaites PLC (note 35)
The Group acquired the trade and assets of the 
beer division of Daniel Thwaites PLC (‘Thwaites’) for 
consideration of £28.8 million. 

Accounting for the acquisition of the trade and assets 
involved judgements in relation to the identification and 
valuation of the assets and liabilities to be recognised, 
particularly in respect of the acquired brands. 

The value of the acquired brands, which was calculated 
by management, included estimates about future 
earnings and current market multiples.

Judgement was required to determine whether costs 
arising from the Thwaites acquisition met the Group’s 
accounting policy for non-underlying items. 

We tested the brand value by understanding the appropriateness of the 
methodology used, benchmarking the value using a royalty replacement method 
and considering comparable market transactions. We compared the forecast 
revenue and margins for the Thwaites beer brands to historic performance and 
evaluated the brand valuation in the context of the rationale for the acquisition and 
the objectives of the accounting framework. We found that the brand valuation 
was consistent with the application of industry practices and market transactions.

We evaluated the fair value ascribed to the acquired assets and liabilities, for 
example by challenging management’s assessment of the acquired inventory and 
accounts receivable with reference to Marston’s experience in recovering debt 
and the margins on other beer brands. We found the fair value ascribed to the 
acquired assets and liabilities to be reasonable.

We considered the classification of the restructuring costs incurred following 
the business combination as ‘non-underlying’ and the appropriateness of their 
identification. We determined that they had been identified accurately and had 
been classified in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the geographic structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, 
the industry in which the Group operates and the integration of the acquired Thwaites business. 

The Group is structured along four business lines being Destination and Premium, Taverns, Leased and Brewing, supported 
by Group Services. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of subsidiaries and special purpose entities, principally 
comprising the Group’s operating businesses, property companies, securitisation vehicles, holding companies and an 
insurance company.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit we considered the consolidated trial balance for the Group as a whole and 
designed our audit testing for each financial statement line item based on the size and nature of the transactions and balances 
that are aggregated to form that line item and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement. We used our professional 
judgement to determine the nature and extent of testing required over each line item in the financial statements.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures, and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

£4.6 million (2014: £4.2 million).

5% of profit before tax and non-underlying items.

We believe that profit before tax and non-underlying items is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the performance of the Group and is a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark. The exclusion of items classified as 
non-underlying is consistent with previous periods and practice within the sector.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.2 million 
(2014: £0.2 million) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ statements, set out on page 62, in relation to going concern. 
We have nothing to report having performed our review.

66

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are also required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in 
relation to the Directors’ statement about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements. We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

As noted in the Directors’ statements, the Directors have concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. The going concern basis presumes that the Group has adequate resources to remain in 
operation, and that the Directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the date the financial statements were signed. As part 
of our audit we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the Group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

Consistency of other information

Companies Act 2006 opinions
In our opinion the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial period for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  Information in the Annual Report is:
    −  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

We have no exceptions 
to report.

    −   apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in 

the course of performing our audit; or

    −  otherwise misleading.

•  The statement given by the Directors on page 62, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 

Governance Code (the ‘Code’), that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for members to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of 
performing our audit.

We have no exceptions 
to report.

•  The section of the Annual Report on pages 36 to 37, as required by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work 

of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have no exceptions 
to report.

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity 
of the Group 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation to:

•   The Directors’ confirmation in the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or 
liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed 

or mitigated.

•  The Directors’ explanation in the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over 
what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to 
whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

We have nothing 
material to add or to 
draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group and the Directors’ statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group, set out on page 21. Our review was 
substantially less in in scope than an audit and only consisted of making enquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their 
statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statements 
are consistent with the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

67

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO the 
MEMBERS OF MARSTON’S PLC continued

Adequacy of information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further provisions 
of the Code. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 62, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs 
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: 

•  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 

adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and 

•  the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our own 
judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide 
a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive 
procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with 
the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

OTHER MATTER

We have reported separately on the Parent Company financial statements of Marston’s PLC for the period ended 3 October 2015 
and on the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

Mark Smith (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Birmingham
26 November 2015

68

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Group Income Statement
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

Revenue

Operating expenses*

Operating profit

Finance costs

Finance income
Movement in fair value of interest 

rate swaps

Net finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period attributable 

to equity shareholders

Underlying
items
£m

845.5

(680.1)

165.4

(74.5)

0.6

–

(73.9)

91.5

(17.7)

Note

2, 3, 4

3

2, 4

6

6

4, 6

4, 6

4, 7

2015

Non- 
underlying
items
£m

33.1

(84.7)

(51.6)

–

–

(8.6)

(8.6)

(60.2)

9.7

Total
£m

878.6

(764.8)

113.8

(74.5)

0.6

(8.6)

(82.5)

31.3

(8.0)

Underlying 
items
£m

787.6

(631.5)

156.1

(73.4)

0.3

–

(73.1)

83.0

(16.3)

2014

Non- 
underlying
items
£m

27.7

(134.7)

(107.0)

(27.0)

–

(8.2)

(35.2)

(142.2)

24.8

Total
£m

815.3

(766.2)

49.1

(100.4)

0.3

(8.2)

(108.3)

(59.2)

8.5

73.8

(50.5)

23.3

66.7

(117.4)

(50.7)

Earnings/(loss) per share:

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Basic underlying earnings per share 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Diluted underlying earnings per share

9

9

9

9

4.1p

12.9p

4.0p

12.8p

(8.9)p

11.7p

(8.9)p

11.6p

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

Profit/(loss) for the period

Items of other comprehensive income that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss

Losses arising on cash flow hedges

Transfers to the income statement on cash flow hedges

Tax on items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss

Items of other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurement of retirement benefits

Unrealised surplus on revaluation of properties*

Reversal of past revaluation surplus*

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period

2015 
£m

23.3

(56.1)

12.2

8.7

(35.2)

(6.7)

216.5

(120.6)

(17.1)

72.1

36.9

60.2

2014 
£m

(50.7)

(36.4)

39.0

(0.5)

2.1

(12.5)

16.4

(3.4)

0.8

1.3

3.4

(47.3)

*  During the current period revaluations of the Group’s freehold and leasehold properties were undertaken, resulting in a net increase in property values of £57.3 million. An unrealised surplus on 
revaluation of £216.5 million and a reversal of past revaluation surplus of £120.6 million have been recognised in the revaluation reserve, and a net charge of £38.6 million has been recognised 
in the income statement. Further detail is provided in notes 4, 11, 12 and 15 to the financial statements.

69

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

Operating activities

Underlying operating profit 

Depreciation and amortisation

Underlying EBITDA

Non-underlying operating items

EBITDA

Working capital movement

Non-cash movements

Increase in provisions and other non-current liabilities
Difference between defined benefit pension contributions paid and amounts 

charged/credited

Income tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Interest received

Sale of property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Acquisition of business

Movement in other non-current assets

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Equity dividends paid

Interest paid

Arrangement costs of bank facilities

Arrangement costs of other lease related borrowings

Swap termination costs

Proceeds of ordinary share capital issued

Proceeds from sale of own shares

Repayment of securitised debt

Advance of bank loans

Capital element of finance leases repaid

Advance of other lease related borrowings

Advance of other borrowings

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Note

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

165.4

37.9

203.3

(51.6)

151.7

10.7

30.0

0.1

(14.0)

(16.2)

162.3

0.7

69.6

(142.3)

(28.8)

2.4

(98.4)

(38.9)

(71.8)

(0.2)

(2.9)

–

–

1.5

(25.4)

38.0

(0.1)

47.0

–

(52.8)

11.1

156.1

36.3

192.4

(107.0)

85.4

(23.7)

78.1

22.8

(26.0)

(8.8)

127.8

0.5

143.6

(142.6)

–

1.3

2.8

(37.1)

(74.6)

(1.9)

(3.9)

(25.0)

0.2

0.5

(104.0)

21.0

(0.1)

53.5

120.0

(51.4)

79.2

29

29

8

30

70

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

GROUP BALANCE SHEET
As at 3 October 2015

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit surplus

Other non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents*

Assets held for sale

Current liabilities

Borrowings*

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Equity share capital

Share premium account

Revaluation reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging reserve

Own shares

Retained earnings

Total equity

3 October 
2015 
£m

4 October 
2014 
£m

Note

10

11

12

22

25

13

14

16

30

15

17

18

21

17

18

22

23

24

27

28

28

227.5

37.6

224.2

25.1

2,122.6

1,990.0

67.8

15.0

12.1

49.1

7.8

11.5

2,482.6

2,307.7

28.2

84.3

193.1

305.6

23.0

72.9

180.9

276.8

18.0

38.3

(154.0)

(25.7)

(185.2)

(7.2)

(372.1)

(151.6)

(19.5)

(157.0)

(14.2)

(342.3)

(1,284.1)

(1,227.5)

(167.0)

(156.8)

(1.8)

(41.5)

(120.7)

(131.3)

(2.9)

(39.1)

(1,651.2)

(1,521.5)

782.9

759.0

44.4

334.0

616.0

6.8

(128.1)

(118.7)

28.5

782.9

44.4

334.0

545.9

6.8

(92.9)

(126.8)

47.6

759.0

The financial statements on pages 69 to 112 were approved by the Board on 26 November 2015 and signed on its behalf by: 

Ralph Findlay 
Chief Executive Officer 
26 November 2015

*  Cash and cash equivalents includes £120.0 million (2014: £120.0 million) drawn down under the liquidity facility and borrowings includes the corresponding liability (note 30).

71

Total  
equity  
£m 

759.0

23.3

(6.7)

1.4

(56.1)

12.2

8.7

216.5

(120.6)

(18.5)

60.2

0.8

0.3

1.5

–

–

–

(38.9)

(36.3)

782.9

47.6

23.3

(6.7)

1.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

18.0

0.8

0.3

(6.6)

7.4

(0.9)

0.8

(38.9)

(37.1)

28.5

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

Share  
premium  
 account  
£m 

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m 

Capital  
redemption  
reserve  
£m 

Hedging  
 reserve  
£m 

Own  
 shares  
£m 

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

At 5 October 2014

Profit for the period

Remeasurement of retirement benefits
Tax on remeasurement of retirement 

benefits

Losses on cash flow hedges
Transfers to the income statement on 

cash flow hedges

Tax on hedging reserve movements

Property revaluation

Property impairment

Deferred tax on properties

Total comprehensive income/(expense)

Share-based payments

Tax on share-based payments

Sale of own shares

Disposal of properties

Tax on disposal of properties

Transfer to retained earnings

Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

Equity  
share  
capital  
£m 

44.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

334.0

545.9

6.8

(92.9)

(126.8)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

216.5

(120.6)

(18.5)

77.4

–

–

–

(7.4)

0.9

(0.8)

–

(7.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(56.1)

12.2

8.7

–

–

–

(35.2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8.1

–

–

–

–

8.1

At 3 October 2015

44.4

334.0

616.0

6.8

(128.1)

(118.7)

72

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Total  
equity  
£m 

841.9

(50.7)

(12.5)

2.8

(36.4)

39.0

(0.5)

16.4

(3.4)

(2.0)

(50.7)

(12.5)

2.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

(60.4)

(47.3)

0.7

0.1

–

(3.6)

44.6

(4.7)

0.5

(37.1)

0.5

47.6

0.7

0.1

0.2

0.5

–

–

–

(37.1)

(35.6)

759.0

Equity  
share  
capital  
£m 

44.4

Share  
premium  
 account  
£m 

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Capital  
redemption  
reserve  
£m 

Hedging  
 reserve  
£m 

Own  
 shares  
£m 

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

333.8

575.3

6.8

(95.0)

(130.9)

107.5

At 6 October 2013

Loss for the period

Remeasurement of retirement benefits
Tax on remeasurement of retirement  

benefits

Losses on cash flow hedges
Transfers to the income statement on 

cash flow hedges

Tax on hedging reserve movements

Property revaluation

Property impairment

Deferred tax on properties

Total comprehensive income/(expense)

Share-based payments

Tax on share-based payments

Issue of shares

Sale of own shares

Disposal of properties

Tax on disposal of properties

Transfer to retained earnings

Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

16.4

(3.4)

(2.0)

11.0

–

–

–

–

(44.6)

4.7

(0.5)

–

(40.4)

545.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(36.4)

39.0

(0.5)

–

–

–

2.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.1

–

–

–

–

4.1

6.8

(92.9)

(126.8)

At 4 October 2014

44.4

334.0

Further detail in respect of the Group’s equity is provided in notes 27 and 28 to the financial statements.

73

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015 (2014: 52 weeks ended 4 October 2014) have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRS and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee and Standing Interpretations 
Committee interpretations adopted by the European Union and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by 
the revaluation of certain items, principally land and buildings, derivative financial instruments, retirement benefits and  
share-based payments.

Some of the prior period balances within cash and cash equivalents that were originally presented on a net basis in the balance 
sheet and the relevant notes have been represented on a gross basis to more accurately reflect the underlying transactions and to 
be consistent with the current period presentation.

New standards and interpretations
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has issued the following new or revised standards and interpretations with an 
effective date for financial periods beginning on or after the dates disclosed below. These standards and interpretations have not 
yet been adopted by the Group.

IFRS 9

IFRS 10

Financial Instruments 
  New accounting standard
Consolidated Financial Statements 

IFRS 11

IFRS 12

IFRS 14

IFRS 15

IAS 1

IAS 16

IAS 27

 Amendments regarding the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or 
joint venture

  Amendments regarding the application of the consolidation exception
Joint Arrangements 
  Amendments regarding the accounting for acquisitions of an interest in a joint operation
Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 
  Amendments regarding the application of the consolidation exception
Regulatory Deferral Accounts 
  New accounting standard
Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
  New accounting standard
Presentation of Financial Statements 
  Amendments resulting from the disclosure initiative
Property, Plant and Equipment 
  Amendments regarding the clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation
  Amendments bringing bearer plants into the scope of IAS 16 
Separate Financial Statements 

 Amendments reinstating the equity method as an accounting option for investments in 
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in an entity’s separate financial statements

IAS 28

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

 Amendments regarding the sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or 
joint venture

  Amendments regarding the application of the consolidation exception
Intangible Assets 
  Amendments regarding the clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation
Agriculture 
  Amendments bringing bearer plants into the scope of IAS 16 

IAS 38 

IAS 41

1 January 2018

1 January 2016
1 January 2016

1 January 2016

1 January 2016

1 January 2016

1 January 2018

1 January 2016

1 January 2016
1 January 2016

1 January 2016

1 January 2016
1 January 2016

1 January 2016

1 January 2016

The IASB have also issued a number of minor amendments to standards as part of their Annual Improvements to IFRS.

The Directors are considering the impact of the adoption of the above new standards and amendments on the Group. 

74

 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the audited financial statements of Marston’s PLC and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings. The results of new subsidiary undertakings are included in the Group accounts from the date on which control 
transferred to the Group or, in the case of disposals, up to the effective date of disposal. Transactions between Group companies 
are eliminated on consolidation.

The Group has applied the purchase method in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost of an acquisition is 
measured as the fair value of the consideration paid and deferred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. 
The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the subsidiary 
acquired, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of Marston’s Issuer PLC and its parent company, Marston’s Issuer 
Parent Limited. Marston’s Issuer PLC was set up with the sole purpose of issuing debt secured on assets owned by the Group. 
Wilmington Trust SP Services (London) Limited holds the shares of Marston’s Issuer Parent Limited under a declaration of trust for 
charitable purposes. The rights provided to the Group through the securitisation give the Group power over these companies and 
the ability to use that power to affect its exposure to variable returns from them. As such the Directors of Marston’s PLC consider 
that these companies are controlled by the Group, as defined in IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, and hence for the 
purpose of the consolidated financial statements they have been treated as subsidiary undertakings. 

Revenue and other operating income
Revenue represents the value of goods (principally drink and food) and services (principally accommodation, gaming machines 
and third party brewing and packaging) supplied to customers, and rent receivable from licensed properties. Revenue from drink, 
food, accommodation, brewing and packaging is recognised at the point at which the goods or services are provided. Gaming 
machine income is recognised as earned. Rental income is recognised in the period to which it relates. Revenue is recorded net of 
discounts, intra group transactions, VAT and excise duty relating to the brewing and packaging of certain products. Other operating 
income mainly comprises rent receivable from unlicensed properties, which is recognised in the period to which it relates.

Operating segments
For segment reporting purposes the Group is considered to have five distinguishable operating segments, being Destination and 
Premium, Taverns, Leased, Brewing and Group Services. This mirrors the Group’s internal reporting structure, and reflects the 
different distribution channels, customer profiles and nature of products and services provided within each segment. An element of 
Group Services’ costs is allocated to each of the trading segments.

The operating segments set out in note 2 are consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. 
For the purposes of IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ the chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Executive Directors. 

Acquired businesses are treated as separate reporting segments, where material, until they have been fully integrated with the 
Group’s operating segments.

Non-underlying items
In order to illustrate the underlying trading performance of the Group, presentation has been made of performance measures 
excluding those items which it is considered would distort the comparability of the Group’s results. These non-underlying items 
comprise exceptional items and other adjusting items.

Exceptional items are defined as those items that, by virtue of their nature, size or expected frequency, warrant separate additional 
disclosure in the financial statements in order to fully understand the underlying performance of the Group. As management of 
the freehold and leasehold property estate is an essential and significant area of the business, the threshold for classification of 
property related items as exceptional is higher than other items.

Other adjusting items comprise the revenue and expenses in respect of the ongoing management of the portfolio of 202 pubs 
disposed of in the prior period. Following their disposal these pubs no longer form part of the Group’s core activities and the Group 
does not have the ability to make strategic decisions in respect of them. As such it is considered appropriate to exclude the results 
of these pubs from the Group’s underlying results.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. Intangible assets arising 
on an acquisition are recognised separately from goodwill if the fair value of these assets can be identified separately and 
measured reliably.

75

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the intangible asset. Where the useful life of 
the asset is considered to be indefinite no annual amortisation is provided but the asset is subject to annual impairment reviews. 
Impairment reviews are carried out more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an 
asset may be impaired.

The useful lives of the Group’s intangible assets are:

Acquired brands  
Lease premiums 
Computer software 
Development costs  

Indefinite 
Life of the lease 
5 to 15 years 
10 years

Any impairment of carrying value is charged to the income statement.

Research and development expenditure
All expenditure on the research phase of an internal project is expensed as incurred.

Development costs are recognised as an intangible asset when the following conditions are met:

•  It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;
•  Management intends to complete the asset and use or sell it;
•  There is an ability to use or sell the asset;
•  It can be demonstrated how the asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the asset are available; and
•  The expenditure attributable to the asset during its development can be reliably measured.

Other development expenditure that does not meet these criteria is recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs 
previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised and represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration given over the fair 
value of the identifiable net assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill is not amortised but instead is reviewed for impairment on 
an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any 
impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units that are consistent with the Group’s 
operating segments.

Property, plant and equipment
•  Freehold and leasehold properties are initially stated at cost and subsequently at valuation. Plant and machinery and fixtures, 

fittings, tools and equipment are stated at cost.

•  Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis to provide for the cost of the assets less residual value 

over their useful lives.

•  Freehold and long leasehold buildings are depreciated to their residual value over 50 years.
•  Short leasehold properties are depreciated over the life of the lease.
•  Plant and machinery and fixtures, fittings, tools and equipment are depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 15 years.
•  Own labour and interest costs directly attributable to capital projects are capitalised.
•  Land is not depreciated.

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance sheet date.

Properties are revalued by qualified valuers on a sufficiently regular basis using open market value so that the carrying value of 
an asset does not differ significantly from its fair value at the balance sheet date. Substantially all of the Group’s properties have 
been externally valued in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors’ Red Book. These valuations are performed 
directly by reference to observable prices in an active market or recent market transactions on arm’s length terms. Internal 
valuations are performed on the same basis.

The estate is reviewed for indication of impairment at each reporting date, using a process focusing on areas of risk and business 
performance throughout the portfolio to identify any exposure. 

76

 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Impairment losses are charged to the revaluation reserve to the extent that a previous gain has been recorded, and thereafter to 
the income statement. Surpluses on revaluation are recognised in the revaluation reserve, except to the extent that they reverse 
previously charged impairment losses, in which case the reversal is recorded in the income statement.

Disposals of property, plant and equipment
Profit/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment represents net sale proceeds less the carrying value of the assets. Any 
element of the revaluation reserve relating to the property disposed of is transferred to retained earnings at the date of sale.

Impairment
If there are indications of impairment or reversal of impairment, an assessment is made of the recoverable amount. An impairment 
loss is recognised where the recoverable amount is lower than the carrying value of assets, including goodwill. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell.

Where there is an indication that any previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased, a reversal of the 
loss is made if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amounts since the last impairment 
loss was recognised. The carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount only up to the carrying amount that 
would have resulted, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior periods. 
The reversal is recognised in the income statement unless the asset is carried at revalued amount. The reversal of an impairment 
loss on a revalued asset is recognised in other comprehensive income and increases the revaluation surplus for that asset. 
However, to the extent that an impairment loss on the same revalued asset was previously recognised in the income statement, the 
reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. The depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to 
allocate the asset’s revised carrying value, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life. There is no 
reversal of impairment losses relating to goodwill.

Acquired brands are reviewed for impairment on a portfolio basis.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases if the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the 
lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The cost of assets held under finance leases is included within property, plant and equipment and depreciation is charged in 
accordance with the accounting policy for each class of asset concerned. The corresponding capital obligations under these leases 
are shown as liabilities. The finance charge element of rentals is charged to the income statement and classified within finance 
costs as incurred.

Rental costs under operating leases, including lease incentives, are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over 
the term of the lease. Similarly, income receivable under operating leases is credited to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the lease.

Obligations arising from sale and leaseback arrangements with repurchase options that do not fall within the scope of IAS 17 
‘Leases’ are classified as other lease related borrowings and accounted for in accordance with IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement’.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Raw materials are valued on a ‘first in, first out’ basis, with the 
exception of hops which are valued at average cost. Finished goods and work in progress include direct materials, labour and a 
proportion of attributable overheads.

Assets held for sale
Assets, typically properties and related fixtures and fittings, are categorised as held for sale when the value of the asset will be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. This condition is met when the sale is highly probable, the asset 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition and is being actively marketed. In addition, the Group must be committed to 
the sale and completion should be expected to occur within one year from the date of classification. Assets held for sale are valued 
at the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.

77

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Financial instruments
The Group classifies its financial assets in one of the following two categories: at fair value through profit or loss and loans and 
receivables. The Group classifies its financial liabilities in one of the following two categories: at fair value through profit or loss 
and other financial liabilities. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were acquired. 
Management determines the classification of the Group’s financial instruments at initial recognition.

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Derivatives are categorised as financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss unless they are designated as part of a 
hedging relationship. The Group holds no other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss. 

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise trade receivables, other receivables, trade loans and cash and cash 
equivalents in the balance sheet. Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Other financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities are classified as other financial liabilities. The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise 
borrowings, trade payables and other payables. Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

The Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired at each balance sheet date.

It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be 
undertaken.

Derivative financial instruments
The only derivative financial instruments that the Group enters into are interest rate swaps. The purpose of these transactions is to 
manage the interest rate risk arising from the Group’s operations and its sources of finance.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
at their fair value at each balance sheet date. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the 
derivative is designated as a hedging instrument.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement 
within exceptional finance income or costs.

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives which are not designated as part of a hedging relationship are 
presented in the income statement within exceptional finance income or costs in the period in which they arise.

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged 
item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 
months. The fair values of derivatives which are not designated as part of a hedging relationship are classified as current assets or 
liabilities. Accrued interest is recognised separately in current assets or liabilities as appropriate.

At the inception of a hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, 
as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction. The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are 
highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative 
gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 
recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that 
was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within exceptional finance income or costs.

Amounts that have been recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of cash flow hedges are reclassified from equity 
to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecast cash flow affects 
profit or loss.

78

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Trade receivables and other receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables and other receivables is established when there is 
objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. 
Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and 
default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade or other receivable is impaired. The amount of the 
provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cash flows. The carrying amount of the 
asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within 
other net operating charges. When a trade or other receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account 
for trade or other receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against other net operating 
charges in the income statement.

Trade loans
In common with other major brewers, the Group makes trade loans to publicans who purchase the Group’s beer. These trade 
loans are classified as other non-current assets in the balance sheet and are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at 
amortised cost less provision for impairment. Significant trade loans are secured against the property of the loan recipient.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits on call with banks. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in 
current liabilities. For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are as defined above, net of outstanding 
bank overdrafts.

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised 
cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income 
statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Preference shares are classified as liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as 
finance costs.

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred, except for interest costs incurred on the 
financing of major projects, which are capitalised until the time that the projects are available for use.

Trade payables and other payables
Trade payables and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Employee benefits
Pension costs for the Group’s defined benefit pension plan are determined by the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial 
calculations being carried out at each period end date. Costs are recognised in the income statement within both operating 
expenses and net finance costs. The current service cost, past service cost and gains or losses arising from settlements are 
included within operating expenses. The net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability and the administrative expenses paid 
from plan assets are included within net finance costs.

Actuarial gains or losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in full in the 
period in which they occur in the statement of comprehensive income. The return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in 
the net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability, is also recognised in other comprehensive income.

The asset/liability recognised in the balance sheet for the defined benefit pension plan is the fair value of plan assets less the 
present value of the defined benefit obligation. Where the fair value of plan assets exceeds the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation, the Group recognises an asset at the lower of the fair value of plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation, and the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in future 
contributions to the plan.

Pension costs for the Group’s defined contribution pension plans are charged to the income statement in the period in which they arise. 

Post-retirement medical benefits are accounted for in an identical way to the Group’s defined benefit pension plan.

79

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Key management personnel
Key management personnel are those who have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of 
the Group. In the case of Marston’s PLC, the Directors of the Group are considered to be the only key management personnel.

Current and deferred tax
The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and is 
measured at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on all differences that have originated but not reversed by the balance 
sheet date, and which give rise to an obligation to pay more or less tax in the future. Differences are defined as the differences 
between the carrying value of assets and liabilities and their tax base.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
assets can be utilised.

Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates that are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred 
tax liability is settled.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 

When valuations of leasehold properties (based on future estimated income streams) give rise to a deficit as a result of onerous 
lease conditions they are recognised as provisions. These provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditure expected 
to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the obligation. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow calculations are the discount rates, 
inflation rates and market rents and vacant periods of the properties.

Other contractual property costs are also recorded as provisions as appropriate.

Share-based payments
The fair value of share-based remuneration at the date of grant is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and 
charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The charge to the income statement 
takes account of the estimated number of shares that will vest.

Non-vesting conditions are taken into account when determining the fair value of the Group’s share-based payments, and all 
cancellations of share-based payments, whether by the Group or by employees, are accounted for in an identical manner with any 
costs unrecognised at the date of cancellation being immediately accelerated. 

Own shares
Own shares comprise treasury shares, and shares held on trust for employee share schemes, which are used for the granting of 
shares to applicable employees.

Own shares are recognised at cost as a deduction from shareholders’ equity. Subsequent consideration received for the sale of 
such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the sale proceeds and the original cost being taken to equity. 
No income or expense is recognised in the performance statements on own share transactions.

Dividends
Dividends proposed by the Board but unpaid at the period end are recognised in the financial statements when they have been 
approved by the shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when paid.

Transactions and balance sheet items in a foreign currency
Transactions in a foreign currency are translated to sterling using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
receivables and payables are remeasured at closing day rates at each balance sheet date. Exchange gains or losses that arise from 
such remeasurement and on settlement of the transaction are recognised in the income statement. Translation differences for 
non-monetary assets valued at fair value through profit or loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Gains or losses on 
disposal of non-monetary assets are recognised in the income statement.

80

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Key assumptions and significant judgements
IFRS requires the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts. 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. The Group’s key assumptions and significant judgements are in respect of property, plant and equipment, taxation, 
impairment, retirement benefits, financial instruments, property lease provisions, share-based payments and non-underlying 
items. Details of these assumptions and judgements are provided in the relevant accounting policy and detailed note to the 
financial statements as set out below:

Property, plant and equipment
•  Valuation of properties (see accounting policy).
•  Assets’ useful lives and residual values (see accounting policy).

Taxation
•  Assumptions in respect of the resolution of outstanding corporate and indirect tax matters with HM Revenue & Customs (see 

accounting policies for current and deferred tax and provisions).

Impairment
•  Assumptions made in the value in use calculation, in particular the pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections and the 

growth rate used to extrapolate projected cash flows beyond one year budgets (notes 10 and 11).

Retirement benefits
•  Actuarial assumptions in respect of the defined benefit pension plan, which include discount rates, rates of increase in 

pensionable salaries, rates of increase in pensions, inflation rates and life expectancies (note 25).

•  Recognition of a retirement benefit surplus (see accounting policy). 

Financial instruments
•  Valuation of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (note 20).

Property lease provisions
•  Assumptions made in the discounted cash flow calculations, in particular the market rents, vacant periods, inflation rates and 

discount rates (see accounting policy).

Share-based payments
•  Inputs to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which include dividend yields, expected volatilities and risk-free interest rates 

(note 26).

Non-underlying items
•  Determination of items to be classed as non-underlying (see accounting policy).

81

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

2  SEGMENT REPORTING

For segment reporting purposes the Group is considered to have five distinguishable operating segments as follows:

Segment
Destination and Premium 
Taverns
Leased
Brewing
Group Services

Revenue
Food and drink sales, accommodation and gaming machine income
Food and drink sales, rent from licensed properties, accommodation and gaming machine income
Drink sales, rent from licensed properties and gaming machine income
Drink sales and third party brewing and packaging
N/A

Transfer prices between operating segments are on an arm’s length basis.

Underlying revenue by segment

Destination and Premium

Taverns

Leased

Brewing

Group Services

Underlying revenue

Non-underlying items

Revenue

Underlying operating profit by segment

Destination and Premium

Taverns

Leased

Brewing

Group Services

Underlying operating profit

Non-underlying operating items

Operating profit

Net finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Other segment information

Destination and Premium

Taverns

Leased

Brewing

Group Services

Total

2015 
£m

408.1

214.7

53.6

169.1

–

845.5

33.1

878.6

2015 
£m

83.6

55.9

23.8

20.7

(18.6)

165.4

(51.6)

113.8

(82.5)

31.3

2014 
£m

376.9

225.1

53.1

132.5

–

787.6

27.7

815.3

2014 
£m

76.0

55.7

23.5

17.4

(16.5)

156.1

(107.0)

49.1

(108.3)

(59.2)

Additions to 
non-current assets*

Depreciation and
 amortisation

2015 
£m

96.1

22.3

5.5

12.0

8.9

2014 
£m

104.2

19.6

5.8

10.3

6.0

2015 
£m

16.2

7.1

1.8

8.7

4.1

144.8

145.9

37.9

2014 
£m

15.4

8.2

1.9

7.5

3.3

36.3

*  Excludes amounts relating to goodwill, retirement benefits, financial instruments and deferred tax assets.

Geographical areas
Revenue generated outside the United Kingdom during the period was £3.3 million (2014: £3.4 million).

82

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

3  REVENUE AND OPERATING EXPENSES

Revenue

Goods

Services

2015 
£m

814.7

63.9

878.6

Revenue from services includes rent receivable from licensed properties of £20.5 million (2014: £21.9 million).

Operating expenses

Change in stocks of finished goods and work in progress

Own work capitalised

Other operating income

Raw materials, consumables and excise duties

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Employee costs

Hire of plant and machinery

Other operating lease rentals

Income from other non-current assets

Impairment of freehold and leasehold properties

Other net operating charges

The amounts included in the line items above which have been classed as non-underlying are as follows:

Other operating income

Raw materials, consumables and excise duties

Employee costs

Other operating lease rentals

Impairment of freehold and leasehold properties

Other net operating charges

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP fees:

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditors for other services to the Group:

  The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

  Audit related assurance services

2015 
£m

(1.1)

(4.3)

(8.1)

301.7

36.3

1.6

187.6

1.0

21.4

(0.2)

38.6

190.3

764.8

2015 
£m

(0.2)

10.8

2.0

10.9

38.6

22.6

84.7

2015 
£m

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.4

2014 
£m

753.9

61.4

815.3

2014 
£m

(1.5)

(4.7)

(7.3)

279.6

35.1

1.2

160.9

0.9

20.0

(0.2)

31.1

251.1

766.2

2014 
£m

(0.2)

9.1

(9.3)

8.8

31.1

95.2

134.7

2014 
£m

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.3

83

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

4  NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS

Exceptional operating items

Non-core estate disposal and reorganisation costs

Impairment of freehold and leasehold properties

Impact of change in rate assumptions used for onerous lease provisions

Relocation, reorganisation and integration costs

Loss on portfolio disposal of pubs

Recognition of onerous lease provisions and associated leasehold impairments

Credit in respect of defined benefit pension plan

Other adjusting operating items

Results in respect of the ongoing management of pubs in the portfolio disposal

Non-underlying operating items

Exceptional non-operating items

Interest on Rank refunds

Buyback of securitised debt and associated costs

Movement in fair value of interest rate swaps

Total non-underlying items

2015 
£m

2.5

39.0

4.9

2.6

–

–

–

49.0

2.6

2.6

51.6

–

–

8.6

8.6

60.2

2014 
£m

50.6

–

–

–

35.8

29.5

(10.8)

105.1

1.9

1.9

107.0

(0.2)

27.2

8.2

35.2

142.2

Non-core estate disposal and reorganisation costs
During the period ended 5 October 2013 the Group restructured both its pub estate and its operating segments. Costs in respect of 
this restructuring were incurred in both the current and prior period. The prior period exceptional charge of £50.6 million included 
an amount of £29.6 million in respect of the impairment of non-core properties. 

Impairment of freehold and leasehold properties
At 1 February 2015 the Group’s freehold and leasehold properties were revalued by independent chartered surveyors on an open 
market value basis. The resulting revaluation adjustments have been recognised in the revaluation reserve or income statement as 
appropriate. The amount recognised in the income statement comprises:

Impairment of other intangible assets (note 11)

Reversal of impairment of other intangible assets (note 11)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 12)

Reversal of impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 12)

Impairment of assets held for sale (note 15)

Reversal of impairment of assets held for sale (note 15)

Valuation fees

2015 
£m

0.1

(0.2)

60.1

(26.3)

5.0

(0.1)

0.4

39.0

Impact of change in rate assumptions used for onerous lease provisions
Due to significant movements in gilt yields and inflation rates in the current period, the update of the discount and inflation rate 
assumptions used in the calculation of the Group’s onerous property lease provisions at the current period end resulted in an 
increase of £4.9 million in the total provision.

84

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

4  NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS (CONTINUED)

Relocation, reorganisation and integration costs 
During the current period redevelopment of the Group’s head office building in Wolverhampton commenced along with a 
reorganisation of certain head office functions. Costs of £1.6 million were incurred in respect of temporarily relocating to alternative 
premises nearby during the period of redevelopment and in undertaking the reorganisation.

The Group also incurred reorganisation and integration costs of £1.0 million as a result of the acquisition of the trading operations 
of Daniel Thwaites PLC’s beer division.

Portfolio disposal of pubs 
During the prior period the Group disposed of a portfolio of 202 pubs and subsequently entered into a four year lease and five year 
management agreement in respect thereof. The loss on disposal was £35.8 million and revaluation surpluses of £37.5 million were 
transferred from the revaluation reserve to retained earnings upon disposal, giving a net impact of £1.7 million.

The Group no longer has strategic control of these pubs and they do not form part of its core activities. As such the results in 
respect of the ongoing operation and management of these pubs post disposal have been classified as a non-underlying item, 
comprised as follows:

Revenue

Operating expenses

2015 
£m

33.1

(35.7)

(2.6)

2014 
£m

27.7

(29.6)

(1.9)

Movement in fair value of interest rate swaps
The Group’s interest rate swaps are revalued to fair value at each balance sheet date. The movement in fair value of interest rate 
swaps which are not designated as part of a hedging relationship, and the ineffective portion of the movement in fair value of 
interest rate swaps which are accounted for as hedging instruments are both recognised in the income statement. The net loss of 
£8.6 million (2014: £8.2 million) is shown as an exceptional item.

Impact of taxation
The current tax credit relating to the above non-underlying items amounts to £1.9 million (2014: £13.0 million). The deferred tax 
credit relating to the above non-underlying items amounts to £7.8 million (2014: £11.8 million).

Prior period non-underlying items
A review of the Group’s property leases in the prior period indicated that an additional provision of £28.0 million was required for 
leases which were considered to be onerous, along with an associated impairment of leasehold properties of £1.5 million. This was 
primarily due to the reversion of a number of leases to the Group in the prior period and a deterioration in market conditions.

During the prior period the Marston’s PLC Pension and Life Assurance Scheme was closed to future accrual. The net credit of 
£10.8 million comprised the negative past service cost of £11.2 million less associated costs of £0.4 million.

In previous periods the Group received refunds totalling £5.9 million from HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC). This followed Tribunal/
Court of Appeal hearings involving The Rank Group Plc (‘Rank’), which concluded that there had been a breach of fiscal neutrality 
in the treatment of gaming machine income as liable to UK VAT. HMRC issued protective assessments to recover the repayments 
pending the result of further Court hearings. On 30 October 2013 the Court of Appeal found in favour of HMRC and the Group 
subsequently repaid the refunds of £5.9 million plus interest of £0.3 million thereon. In the period ended 5 October 2013 the Group 
had recognised a provision for the £5.9 million repayment and interest of £0.5 million. As such there was a reduction in the interest 
accrual of £0.2 million in the prior period.

During the prior period the Group repurchased all of its securitised AB1 notes at par. The notes, with a nominal value of  
£80.0 million, were immediately cancelled and the associated floating-to-fixed interest rate swap held in respect of this tranche 
of securitised debt was terminated. This swap had been designated as a cash flow hedge of the forecast floating rate interest 
payments arising in respect of the AB1 notes. As these forecast transactions were no longer expected to occur the cumulative 
hedging loss of £24.7 million was recognised in the income statement.

85

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

5  EMPLOYEES

Employee costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments

Termination costs

A net non-underlying charge of £2.0 million (2014: credit of £9.3 million) is included in employee costs.

Average monthly number of employees

Bar staff

Management, administration and production

2015 
£m

167.1

12.5

6.3

0.8

0.9

2014 
£m

154.9

11.2

(6.5)

0.7

0.6

187.6

160.9

2015 
Number 

10,830

2,270

2014 
Number 

10,688

2,166

Key management personnel
Directors’ emoluments are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 39 to 57. The total cost to the Group of the 
Directors’ remuneration for the period was £3.0 million (2014: £2.6 million), including employers’ national insurance, pension costs 
and share-based payments.

6  FINANCE COSTS AND INCOME

Finance costs

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Net finance cost in respect of retirement benefits

Other interest payable

Exceptional finance costs

Interest on Rank refunds

Buyback of securitised debt and associated costs

Total finance costs

Finance income

Deposit and other interest receivable

Total finance income

Movement in fair value of interest rate swaps

Gain on movement in fair value of interest rate swaps

Loss on movement in fair value of interest rate swaps

Net finance costs

86

2015 
£m

11.7

49.2

1.1

10.7

0.1

1.7

74.5

–

–

–

2014 
£m

12.1

50.8

1.0

7.5

0.5

1.5

73.4

(0.2)

27.2

27.0

74.5

100.4

(0.6)

(0.6)

(0.3)

(0.3)

–

8.6

8.6

82.5

(6.8)

15.0

8.2

108.3

 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

 7  TAXATION

Income statement

Current tax

  Current period

  Adjustments in respect of prior periods

  Credit in respect of tax on non-underlying items

Deferred tax

  Current period

  Adjustments in respect of prior periods

  Credit in respect of tax on non-underlying items

Taxation charge/(credit) reported in the income statement

Statement of comprehensive income

Remeasurement of retirement benefits

Impairment and revaluation of properties

Hedging reserve movements

Taxation charge/(credit) reported in the statement of comprehensive income

Recognised directly in equity

Tax on share-based payments

Taxation credit recognised directly in equity

2015 
£m

14.2

0.1

(1.9)

12.4

3.5

(0.1)

(7.8)

(4.4)

8.0

2015 
£m

(1.4)

18.5

(8.7)

8.4

2015 
£m

(0.3)

(0.3)

2014 
£m

14.4

(0.9)

(13.0)

0.5

2.8

–

(11.8)

(9.0)

(8.5)

2014 
£m

(2.8)

2.0

0.5

(0.3)

2014 
£m

(0.1)

(0.1)

The actual tax rate for the period is higher (2014: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax of 20.5% (2014: 22%). The 
differences are explained below:

Tax reconciliation

Profit/(loss) before tax

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the corporation tax rate of 20.5% (2014: 22%)

Effect of:

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Net deferred tax charge in respect of land and buildings

Costs not deductible for tax purposes

Other amounts upon which tax relief is available

Impact of difference between deferred and current tax rates

Current period taxation charge/(credit)

2015 
£m

31.3

6.4

–

1.2

0.9

(0.6)

0.1

8.0

2014 
£m

(59.2)

(13.0)

(0.9)

4.5

0.2

(0.6)

1.3

(8.5)

The December 2012 Autumn Statement announced that the standard rate of corporation tax would change from 23% to 21% with 
effect from 1 April 2014. The March 2013 Budget then announced that the standard rate of corporation tax would change from 21% 
to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. These changes were both enacted in the Finance Act 2013 in July 2013. As such the Group’s 
losses for the prior period were taxed at an effective rate of 22% and the Group’s profits for the current period have been taxed at 
an effective rate of 20.5%.

The July 2015 Budget announced that the standard rate of corporation tax would change from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 
2017 and then from 19% to 18% with effect from 1 April 2020. These changes were substantively enacted after the balance sheet 
date and as such their effects are not included in these financial statements.

87

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

8  ORDINARY DIVIDENDS ON EQUITY SHARES

Paid in the period

Final dividend for 2014 of 4.3p per share (2013: 4.1p)

Interim dividend for 2015 of 2.5p per share (2014: 2.4p)

2015 
£m

24.6

14.3

38.9

2014 
£m

23.4

13.7

37.1

A final dividend for 2015 of 4.5p per share amounting to £25.8 million has been proposed for approval at the Annual General 
Meeting, but has not been reflected in the financial statements.

This dividend will be paid on 1 February 2016 to those shareholders on the register at close of business on 18 December 2015.

9  EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit/(loss) attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding treasury shares and those held on trust for employee 
share schemes.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
dilutive potential ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the 
weighted average market price of the Company’s shares during the period.

Underlying earnings per share figures are presented to exclude the effect of exceptional and other adjusting items. The Directors 
consider that the supplementary figures are a useful indicator of performance.

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share*

Underlying earnings per share figures

Basic underlying earnings per share 

Diluted underlying earnings per share

2015

2014

Earnings
£m 

23.3

23.3

Per share 
 amount
p 

4.1

4.0

Earnings
£m 

(50.7)

(50.7)

Per share 
 amount
p 

(8.9)

(8.9)

73.8

73.8

12.9

12.8

66.7

66.7

11.7

11.6

*  The 2014 diluted loss per share is the same as the basic loss per share as the inclusion of the dilutive potential ordinary shares 

would reduce the loss per share and as such is not dilutive in accordance with IAS 33 ‘Earnings per Share’.

Basic weighted average number of shares

Dilutive options

Diluted weighted average number of shares

2015 
m

572.2

6.1

578.3

2014 
m

571.0

5.0

576.0

88

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

10  GOODWILL

Cost

At 5 October 2014

Additions

At 3 October 2015

Aggregate impairment

At 5 October 2014 and 3 October 2015

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 3 October 2015

Additions in the period relate to the acquisition of the trading operations of Daniel Thwaites PLC’s beer division (note 35).

Cost

At 6 October 2013 and 4 October 2014

Aggregate impairment

At 6 October 2013 and 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 5 October 2013

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

£m

225.3 

3.3

228.6

1.1 

224.2 

227.5

£m

225.3 

1.1 

224.2 

224.2 

Impairment testing of goodwill
Goodwill has been allocated across the operating segments, and the value of the recoverable amounts allocated to those segments 
has been estimated and compared to the carrying amounts. Recoverable amounts are determined based on the higher of value in 
use and fair value less costs to sell.

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated £87.5 million (2014: £87.5 million) to Destination and Premium, £86.6 million 
(2014: £86.6 million) to Taverns, £26.5 million (2014: £26.5 million) to Leased and £26.9 million (2014: £23.6 million) to Brewing. 
Goodwill has been allocated to operating segments based on the extent to which the benefits of acquisitions flow to that segment.

The key assumptions used in determining value in use are the pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections of 6.0% 
(2014: 7.5%) and the growth rate used to extrapolate the projected cash flows beyond the one year budgets of 2.0% (2014: 2.0%) 
in line with an expected long-term growth rate which is below the long-term average growth rate for the industry. Risk factors 
are considered to be similar in each of the Group’s operating segments. Other commercial assumptions relate to market growth, 
market share and net selling prices. These assumptions are based on historic trends adjusted for management estimates of 
future prospects. These estimates take account of economic forecasts, marketing plans, political factors and assessments of 
competitors’ strategy.

The above impairment tests demonstrated that the Group had substantial levels of headroom and as such no impairment of 
goodwill was required in the current or prior period.

89

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

11  OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost

At 5 October 2014

Additions

Acquisitions

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

At 3 October 2015

Amortisation

At 5 October 2014

Charge for the period

Impairment

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

At 3 October 2015

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 3 October 2015

Acquired  
brands  
£m 

Lease  
 premiums  
£m 

Computer  
 software  
£m 

Development 
costs 
£m 

19.3

–

12.8

–

32.1

–

–

–

–

–

19.3

32.1

1.7

–

–

–

1.7

1.2

–

(0.1)

–

1.1

0.5

0.6

9.3

1.2

–

(0.2)

10.3

4.1

1.6

–

(0.2)

5.5

5.2

4.8

0.1

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

Total  
£m 

30.4

1.2

12.8

(0.2)

44.2

5.3

1.6

(0.1)

(0.2)

6.6

25.1

37.6

Acquired brands are initially recognised at their fair value on acquisition. Given the anticipated level of investment in acquired 
brands, and there being no legal or regulatory limits to their useful lives, they are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and no 
annual amortisation is provided.

The Thwaites portfolio of brands was acquired in the current period (note 35).

Lease premiums classified as intangible assets are those acquired with new subsidiaries.

During the current period there was an impairment of other intangible assets of £0.1 million (2014: £nil) and a reversal of past 
impairment of £0.2 million (2014: £nil).

Cost

At 6 October 2013

Additions

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

At 4 October 2014

Amortisation

At 6 October 2013

Charge for the period

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

At 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 5 October 2013

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

Acquired  
brands  
£m 

Lease  
 premiums  
£m 

Computer  
 software  
£m 

Development 
costs 
£m 

19.3

–

–

19.3

–

–

–

–

19.3

19.3

2.0

–

(0.3)

1.7

1.4

0.1

(0.3)

1.2

0.6

0.5

8.8

2.4

(1.9)

9.3

4.7

1.1

(1.7)

4.1

4.1

5.2

0.1

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

Total  
£m 

30.2

2.4

(2.2)

30.4

6.1

1.2

(2.0)

5.3

24.1

25.1

90

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

11  OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

The carrying value of acquired brands is split as follows:

Wychwood

Jennings

Ringwood

Thwaites

Acquired brands relate to Brewing.

2015 
£m

13.6

2.8

2.9

12.8

32.1

2014 
£m

13.6

2.8

2.9

–

19.3

Impairment testing of acquired brands
The carrying values of acquired brands are subject to annual impairment reviews on a value in use basis. The recoverable amount 
of each brand is calculated based on anticipated future income generated by that brand. The key assumptions used in the 
impairment testing of brands are a pre-tax discount rate of 6.0% (2014: 7.5%) and a long-term growth rate used to extrapolate 
cash flows beyond the cash flow projection period of one year of 2.0% (2014: 2.0%) in line with an expected long-term growth 
rate which is below the long-term average growth rate for the industry. These assumptions are based on historic trends adjusted 
for management estimates of future prospects, and take account of economic forecasts, marketing plans, political factors and 
assessments of competitors’ strategy.

The above impairment tests demonstrated that the Group had sufficient levels of headroom and as such no impairment of acquired 
brands was required in the current or prior period.

12  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost or valuation

At 5 October 2014

Additions

Acquisitions

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation

At 3 October 2015

Depreciation

At 5 October 2014

Charge for the period

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation/impairment

At 3 October 2015

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 3 October 2015

Land and  
 buildings  
£m

Plant and 
machinery  
£m 

1,826.9

102.4

2.0

(41.2)

58.4

1,948.5

3.7

2.2

–

(4.4)

1.5

1,823.2

1,947.0

53.7

6.1

2.0

(1.8)

–

60.0

24.3

4.7

(1.8)

–

27.2

29.4

32.8

Fixtures,  
 fittings,  
 tools and  
 equipment  
£m

293.3

35.1

2.1

(28.5)

–

Total  
£m

2,173.9

143.6

6.1

(71.5)

58.4

302.0

2,310.5

155.9

29.4

(26.8)

0.7

159.2

137.4

142.8

183.9

36.3

(28.6)

(3.7)

187.9

1,990.0

2,122.6

91

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

12  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

Cost or valuation

At 6 October 2013

Additions

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation

At 4 October 2014

Depreciation

At 6 October 2013

Charge for the period

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation/impairment

At 4 October 2014

Net book amount at 5 October 2013

Net book amount at 4 October 2014

The net book amount of land and buildings is split as follows:

Freehold properties

Leasehold properties over 50 years unexpired

Leasehold properties under 50 years unexpired

Cost or valuation of land and buildings comprises:

Valuation

At cost

Land and  
 buildings  
£m

Plant and 
machinery  
£m 

1,889.6

107.5

(176.4)

6.2

1,826.9

1.9

2.0

–

(0.2)

3.7

1,887.7

1,823.2

49.4

6.8

(2.5)

–

53.7

22.7

4.1

(2.5)

–

24.3

26.7

29.4

Fixtures,  
 fittings,  
 tools and  
 equipment  
£m

310.5

29.2

(46.4)

–

Total  
£m

2,249.5

143.5

(225.3)

6.2

293.3

2,173.9

161.3

29.0

(35.2)

0.8

155.9

149.2

137.4

185.9

35.1

(37.7)

0.6

183.9

2,063.6

1,990.0

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

1,662.1

1,578.3

237.8

47.1

215.5

29.4

1,947.0

1,823.2

2015 
£m

1,902.9

45.6

1,948.5

2014 
£m

1,647.2

179.7

1,826.9

If the freehold and leasehold properties had not been revalued, the historical cost net book amount would be £1,450.6 million  
(2014: £1,325.9 million).

Cost at 3 October 2015 includes £25.4 million (2014: £25.8 million) of assets in the course of construction.

Interest costs of £1.3 million (2014: £1.5 million) were capitalised in respect of the financing of major projects.

The net profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and assets held for sale was £9.2 million (2014: loss 
of £46.5 million). A profit on disposal of £10.6 million (2014: £8.1 million) is included within the Group’s underlying results.

Capital expenditure authorised and committed at the period end but not provided for in the financial statements was £11.4 million 
(2014: £9.0 million).

The net book amount of land and buildings held under finance leases at 3 October 2015 was £28.0 million (2014: £21.8 million). 
The net book amount of land and buildings held as part of sale and leaseback arrangements that do not fall within the scope of 
IAS 17 ‘Leases’ was £251.1 million (2014: £161.2 million).

92

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

12  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

Revaluation/impairment
At 1 February 2015 independent chartered surveyors revalued the Group’s freehold and leasehold properties on an open market 
value basis. These valuations have been incorporated into the financial statements and the resulting revaluation adjustments have 
been recognised in the revaluation reserve or income statement as appropriate.

During the current and prior period various properties were reviewed for impairment and/or material changes in value. These 
valuation adjustments were recognised in the revaluation reserve or the income statement as appropriate.

The impact of the revaluations/impairments described above is as follows:

Income statement:

Revaluation loss charged as an impairment

Reversal of past impairment

Revaluation reserve:

Unrealised revaluation surplus

Reversal of past revaluation surplus

Net increase in shareholders’ equity/property, plant and equipment

2015 
£m

(60.1)

26.3

(33.8)

216.5

(120.6)

95.9

62.1

2014 
£m

(7.4)

–

(7.4)

16.4

(3.4)

13.0

5.6

Fair value of land and buildings
IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires fair value measurements to be recognised using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the 
significance of the inputs used in the measurements, according to the following levels:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
or indirectly.  
Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The table below shows the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the fair value measurements of land and buildings have 
been categorised:

Recurring fair value measurements

Level 1 
£m 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

Total 
£m

Level 1 
£m 

Level 2 
£m 

Level 3 
£m 

Total 
£m

2015

2014

Land and buildings:

    Specialised brewery properties

    Other land and buildings

– 

– 

– 

– 

25.0

25.0

1,922.0

1,922.0

– 

1,922.0

25.0

1,947.0

– 

– 

– 

– 

23.7 

23.7 

1,799.5 

1,799.5 

– 

1,799.5 

23.7 

1,823.2 

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements during the current or prior period.

The Level 2 fair values of land and buildings have been obtained using a market approach, primarily using earnings multiples 
derived from prices in observed transactions involving comparable businesses.

The Level 3 fair values of the specialised brewery properties have been obtained using a cost approach. These breweries represent 
properties that are rarely, if ever, sold in the market, except by way of a sale of the business of which they are part, due to the 
uniqueness arising from their specialised nature, design and configuration. As such the valuation of these properties has been 
performed using the depreciated replacement cost approach, which values the properties at the current cost of replacing them 
with their modern equivalents less deductions for physical deterioration and all relevant forms of obsolescence and optimisation.

93

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

12  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

The significant unobservable inputs to the Level 3 fair value measurements are:

Current cost of modern equivalent asset

Sensitivity of fair value to unobservable inputs

The higher the cost the higher the fair value

Amount of adjustment for physical deterioration/obsolescence

The higher the adjustment the lower the fair value

Level 3 recurring fair value measurements

At beginning of the period

Additions

Revaluation

Depreciation charge for the period

At end of the period

2015 
£m

23.7

0.4

1.2

(0.3)

25.0

2014 
£m

23.7

0.3

–

(0.3)

23.7

The Group’s properties are revalued by external independent qualified valuers at least once in each rolling three year period. The 
last external valuation of the Group’s freehold and leasehold properties was performed as at 1 February 2015. The Group has an 
internal team of qualified valuers and at each reporting date the estate is reviewed for any indication of significant changes in value. 
Where this is the case internal valuations are performed on a basis consistent with those performed externally.

13  OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Trade loans

At beginning of the period

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals, repayments and impairments

At end of the period

Other non-current assets are shown net of a provision of £2.4 million (2014: £1.7 million). 

14 

INVENTORIES

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods

15  ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Properties

2015 
£m

11.5

2.1

3.0

(4.5)

12.1

2015 
£m

6.8

0.5

20.9

28.2

2015 
£m

18.0

2014 
£m

12.8

2.3

–

(3.6)

11.5

2014 
£m

5.6

0.7

16.7

23.0

2014 
£m

38.3

In accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, properties categorised as held for sale 
have been written down to their fair value less costs to sell. This is a non-recurring fair value measurement falling within Level 2 of 
the fair value hierarchy. These Level 2 fair values have been obtained using a market approach, and are derived from sales prices in 
recent transactions involving comparable properties.

During the current and prior period, all properties classed as held for sale were reviewed for impairment or reversal of impairment. 
This review identified an impairment of £5.0 million (2014: £23.7 million) and a reversal of past impairment of £0.1 million 
(2014: £nil) which have been recognised in the income statement. 

94

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

16  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables

2015 
£m

41.2

29.3

13.8

84.3

2014 
£m

32.6

24.7

15.6

72.9

Trade receivables are shown net of a provision of £1.3 million (2014: £0.8 million). Other receivables are shown net of a provision of 
£2.7 million (2014: £3.7 million). 

The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

Neither past due nor impaired

30 days or less

31 to 60 days

Greater than 60 days

2015 
£m

32.8

2.9

1.9

3.6

41.2

2014 
£m

25.5

3.1

1.0

3.0

32.6

Included within other receivables is an amount of £6.3 million (2014: £6.3 million), net of provision, which relates to amounts due 
from tenants of licensed properties. A significant proportion of this balance is greater than 60 days old.

All of the Group’s trade receivables are denominated in pounds sterling.

Included within trade receivables are balances which are past due at the balance sheet date but have not been provided for, as 
these are considered to be recoverable. These balances relate to established customers for whom there is no recent history of 
default. Trade receivables that are less than three months past due are not generally considered impaired unless there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. 

At 3 October 2015 the value of collateral held in the form of cash deposits was £7.8 million (2014: £8.2 million). 

17  BORROWINGS

Current

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt 

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Other borrowings

Non-current

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Preference shares

2015 
£m

7.8

26.2

0.1

(0.1)

120.0

154.0

2015 
£m

248.2

833.6

20.6

181.6

0.1

2014 
£m

6.8

24.8

0.1

(0.1)

120.0

151.6

2014 
£m

209.5

859.8

20.7

137.4

0.1

1,284.1

1,227.5

Other lease related borrowings represent amounts due under sale and leaseback arrangements that do not fall within the scope of 
IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

95

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

17  BORROWINGS (CONTINUED)

Other borrowings represent amounts drawn down under the securitisation’s liquidity facility. During the prior period the facility’s 
provider, the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, had its short-term credit rating downgraded below the minimum prescribed in the 
facility agreement and as such the Group exercised its entitlement to draw the full amount of the facility and hold it in a designated 
bank account. The corresponding balance of £120.0 million (2014: £120.0 million) held in this bank account is included within cash 
and cash equivalents.

The Group has 75,000 (2014: 75,000) preference shares of £1 each in issue at the balance sheet date. The preference shares 
carry the right to a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum (they are also entitled to a non-cumulative 
dividend of 1% per annum provided that dividends of not less than £24,000 have been paid on the ordinary shares in that year). They 
participate in the event of a winding-up and on a return of capital and carry the right to attend and vote at general meetings of the 
Company, carrying four votes per share.

All of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in pounds sterling. There were no instances of default, including covenant terms, in 
either the current or prior period.

Maturity of borrowings
The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings at the period end was as follows:

Due:

Within one year

In more than one year but less than two years

In more than two years but less than five years

In more than five years

2015

2014

Gross  
borrowings 
£m

Unamortised  
 issue costs  
£m

Net  
borrowings  
£m 

Gross  
borrowings  
£m

Unamortised  
 issue costs  
£m

Net  
borrowings  
£m 

155.5

58.5

315.6

931.2

1,460.8

(1.5)

(1.6)

(2.9)

(16.7)

(22.7)

154.0

56.9

312.7

914.5

153.1

26.8

302.5

917.8

1,438.1

1,400.2

(1.5)

(1.5)

(3.5)

(14.6)

(21.1)

151.6

25.3

299.0

903.2

1,379.1

Fair value of borrowings
The carrying amount and the fair value of the Group’s borrowings are as follows:

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt 

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Other borrowings

Preference shares

Carrying amount

Fair value

2015 
£m

258.7

866.2

20.7

195.1

120.0

0.1

2014 
£m

219.6

891.6

20.8

148.1

120.0

0.1

2015 
£m

258.7

892.2

20.7

195.1

120.0

0.1

2014 
£m

219.6

923.7

20.8

148.1

120.0

0.1

1,460.8

1,400.2

1,486.8

1,432.3

The fair value of the Group’s securitised debt is based on quoted market prices and is within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. 
The fair values of all of the Group’s other borrowings approximate to their carrying amounts and are within Level 2 of the fair value 
hierarchy.

18  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest rate swaps

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Details of the Group’s interest rate swaps are provided in note 20.

96

2015 
£m

(25.7)

(167.0)

(192.7)

2014 
£m

(19.5)

(120.7)

(140.2)

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

19  SECURITISED DEBT

On 9 August 2005 £805.0 million of secured loan notes were issued in connection with the securitisation of 1,592 of the Group’s 
pubs held in Marston’s Pubs Limited. On 22 November 2007, a further £330.0 million of secured loan notes (tranches A4 and AB1) 
were issued in connection with the securitisation of an additional 437 of the Group’s pubs, also held in Marston’s Pubs Limited. The 
loan notes are secured over the properties and their future income streams and were issued by Marston’s Issuer PLC, a special 
purpose entity. On 15 January 2014 all of the AB1 notes were repurchased by the Group at par and immediately cancelled. 

During the period ended 3 October 2015, 106 (2014: 173) of the securitised pubs were sold to third parties, 3 pubs (2014: 197) were 
sold to other members of the Group and no pubs (2014: 6) were acquired from other members of the Group. The carrying amount 
of the securitised pubs at 3 October 2015 was £1,230.8 million (2014: £1,260.5 million).

The securitisation is governed by various covenants, warranties and events of default, many of which apply to Marston’s Pubs 
Limited. These include covenants regarding the maintenance and disposal of securitised properties and restrictions on the ability 
to move cash to other companies within the Group.

The tranches of securitised debt have the following principal terms:

Tranche

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

2015 
£m

97.8 

214.0 

200.0 

199.4 

155.0 

866.2 

2014 
£m

115.1 

214.0 

200.0 

207.5 

155.0 

891.6 

Interest

Floating

Fixed/floating

Fixed/floating

Floating

Fixed/floating

Principal repayment
period – by instalments

2015 to 2020

2020 to 2027

2027 to 2032

2015 to 2031

2032 to 2035

Expected
average life

5 years

12 years

17 years

16 years

20 years

Expected
maturity date

2020 

2027 

2032 

2031 

2035 

The interest payable on each tranche is as follows:

Tranche

A1

A2

A3

A4

B

Before step up

After step up

Step up date

3 month LIBOR + 0.55%

3 month LIBOR + 1.375%

5.1576%

5.1774%

3 month LIBOR + 1.32%

3 month LIBOR + 1.45%

April 2027

July 2012

July 2019

3 month LIBOR + 0.65%

3 month LIBOR + 1.625% October 2012

5.6410%

3 month LIBOR + 2.55%

July 2019

All floating rate notes are hedged in full by the Group using interest rate swaps whereby all interest payments are swapped to fixed 
interest payable. Upon buyback of the AB1 notes the associated floating-to-fixed interest rate swap held in respect of this tranche 
of debt was terminated.

At 3 October 2015 Marston’s Pubs Limited held cash of £55.2 million (2014: £38.1 million), which was governed by certain 
restrictions under the covenants associated with the securitisation. In addition, Marston’s Issuer PLC held cash of £120.2 million 
(2014: £120.2 million), principally in respect of the amounts drawn down under the liquidity facility. 

97

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

20  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial instruments by category
The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below:

At 3 October 2015

Assets as per the balance sheet

Trade receivables (before provision)

Other receivables (before provision)

Trade loans (before provision)

Cash and cash equivalents

At 3 October 2015

Liabilities as per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Trade payables

Other payables

At 4 October 2014

Assets as per the balance sheet

Trade receivables (before provision)

Other receivables (before provision)

Trade loans (before provision)

Cash and cash equivalents

At 4 October 2014

Liabilities as per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Trade payables

Other payables

Loans and  
receivables  
£m

42.5

16.5

14.5

193.1

266.6

Other  
financial  
 liabilities  
£m 

– 

1,438.1

88.1

16.0

Total 
£m 

42.5

16.5

14.5

193.1

266.6

Total  
£m

192.7

1,438.1

88.1

16.0

Liabilities 
at fair  
 value  
through  
 profit or  
 loss  
£m 

Derivatives  
used for  
 hedging  
£m 

167.0

25.7

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

167.0

25.7

1,542.2

1,734.9

Loans and  
receivables  
£m

33.4

19.3

13.2

180.9

246.8

Other  
financial  
 liabilities  
£m 

– 

1,379.1

67.4

15.7

Total 
£m 

33.4

19.3

13.2

180.9

246.8

Total  
£m

140.2

1,379.1

67.4

15.7

Liabilities 
at fair  
 value  
through  
 profit or  
 loss  
£m 

Derivatives  
used for  
 hedging  
£m 

120.7

19.5

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

120.7

19.5

1,462.2

1,602.4

98

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

20  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Fair values of financial instruments
The only financial instruments which the Group holds at fair value are derivative financial instruments, which are classified as at 
fair value through profit or loss or derivatives used for hedging.

IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires fair value measurements to be recognised using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the 
significance of the inputs used in the measurements, according to the following levels:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
or indirectly.  
Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The table below shows the level in the fair value hierarchy into which fair value measurements have been categorised:

Liabilities as per the balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments

Level 1
£m

–

Level 2
£m

192.7 

Level 3
£m

Total 
£m

–

192.7 

Level 1
£m

–

Level 2
£m

140.2 

Level 3
£m

Total
£m

–

140.2 

2015

2014

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements during the current or prior period.

The Level 2 fair values of derivative financial instruments have been obtained using a market approach and reflect the estimated 
amount the Group would expect to pay or receive on termination of the instruments. The Group obtains such valuations from 
counterparties who use a variety of assumptions based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.

The fair values of all non-derivative financial instruments are equal to their book values, with the exception of borrowings (note 17).
The carrying amount less impairment provision of trade receivables, other receivables and trade loans, and the carrying amount of 
trade payables and other payables, are assumed to approximate their fair values.

Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk), 
counterparty risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of 
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative 
financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group Treasury) under policies approved by the Board. Group 
Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks. The Board provides principles for overall risk management, as well 
as policies covering specific areas, such as interest rate risk, credit risk, investment of excess liquidity and use of derivative and 
non-derivative financial instruments.

Interest rate risk:
The Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates, and as such the 
Group’s interest rate risk arises from its borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest 
rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration 
refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. Based on these scenarios, the Group calculates the 
impact on the income statement of a defined interest rate shift. The scenarios are run only for liabilities that represent the major 
interest-bearing positions.

The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps. Such interest rate swaps have the 
economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises borrowings at floating rates 
and swaps them into fixed rates that are lower than those available if the Group borrowed at fixed rates directly. Under the interest 
rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed contract rates and 
floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional amounts.

If interest rates had been 0.5% higher/lower during the period ended 3 October 2015, with all other variables held constant, 
post-tax profit/(loss) for the period would have been £0.4 million (2014: £0.4 million) lower/higher as a result of higher/lower 
interest expense.

99

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

20  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Interest rate swaps designated as part of a hedging arrangement
The Group uses interest rate swaps to fix the interest rate payable on the floating rate tranches of its securitised debt (note 19). The 
notional principal amounts of these interest rate swap contracts at 3 October 2015 totalled £297.2 million (2014: £322.6 million). 
These interest rate swaps, including borrowing margins, fix interest at 6.2% and 6.1%. The movement in fair value recognised in 
other comprehensive income in the period was a loss of £43.9 million (2014: £22.1 million). The movement in fair value recognised 
in the income statement in the period was a loss of £2.4 million (2014: £4.5 million).

During the prior period the Group repurchased all of its securitised AB1 notes at par. The notes were immediately cancelled and 
the associated floating-to-fixed interest rate swap held in respect of this tranche of securitised debt was terminated. This swap had 
been designated as a cash flow hedge of the forecast floating rate interest payments arising in respect of the AB1 notes. As these 
forecast transactions were no longer expected to occur the cumulative hedging loss of £24.7 million that had been reported in 
equity was transferred to the income statement.

Interest rate swaps not designated as part of a hedging arrangement
On 1 October 2007 the Group entered into two interest rate swaps of £70.0 million each to fix the interest rate payable on the 
Group’s unsecured bank borrowings. These interest rate swaps fixed interest at 5.5% and 5.6% and terminated on 1 October 2014.
The movement in fair value recognised in the income statement in the period was a gain of £nil (2014: £6.8 million).

On 22 March 2012 the Group entered into four new fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps of £35.0 million each. In total, these swaps 
were equal and opposite to the above two floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps of £70.0 million each. The total fair value of the four 
new swaps at inception was £15.1 million. The movement in fair value recognised in the income statement in the period was a loss 
of £nil (2014: £6.8 million).

On the same date the Group entered into two forward starting interest rate swaps of £60.0 million each to fix the interest rate 
payable on the Group’s unsecured bank borrowings. These interest rate swaps originally fixed interest at 4.1% and were due to 
terminate on 30 April 2020. In the prior period the termination date of the swaps was extended to 28 April 2023 and the terms 
were amended to fix interest at 3.0% until 28 April 2016 and 4.5% thereafter. In total, the fair value of the two swaps at inception 
was £(18.9) million. These swaps had previously been designated as part of a hedging relationship; however this designation was 
revoked at the start of the prior period. The movement in fair value recognised in the income statement in the period was a loss of 
£6.2 million (2014: £3.7 million).

The interest rate risk profile, after taking account of derivative financial instruments, is as follows:

Floating rate  
financial  
liabilities  
£m 

2015

Fixed rate  
financial  
liabilities  
£m 

Floating rate  
financial  
liabilities  
£m 

Total
£m

2014

Fixed rate  
financial  
liabilities  
£m 

Total
£m

Borrowings

474.5 

986.3 

1,460.8 

388.5 

1,011.7 

1,400.2 

The weighted average interest rate of the fixed rate financial borrowings was 5.3% (2014: 5.4%) and the weighted average period for 
which the rate is fixed was 14 years (2014: 15 years).

Foreign currency risk:
The Group buys and sells goods denominated in non-sterling currencies, principally US dollars and euros. As a result, movements 
in exchange rates can affect the value of the Group’s income and expenditure. The Group’s exposure in this area is not considered 
to be significant.

Counterparty risk:
The Group’s counterparty risk in respect of its cash and cash equivalents is mitigated by the use of various banking institutions for 
its deposits.

There is no significant concentration of counterparty risk in respect of the Group’s pension assets, as these are held with a range 
of institutions.

Credit risk:
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from credit exposure to customers, including outstanding receivables 
and committed transactions. If customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent 
rating, an assessment is made of the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and 
other factors. Individual credit limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board. The 
utilisation of and adherence to credit limits is regularly monitored.

100

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

20  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

A provision for impairment of trade receivables, other receivables and trade loans has been estimated by management and is 
based on prior experience and known factors at the balance sheet date after taking into account collateral held in the form of cash 
deposits and fixtures and fittings. Receivables are written off against the provision for impairment when management considers 
that the debt is no longer recoverable.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk in respect of its customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the 
reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable.

Liquidity risk:
The Group applies a prudent liquidity risk management policy, which involves maintaining sufficient cash, ensuring the availability 
of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities and having the ability to close out market positions. Due to 
the dynamic nature of the underlying business, Group Treasury maintains the availability of committed credit lines to ensure that 
the Group has flexibility in funding.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising undrawn borrowing facilities and cash and 
cash equivalents) on the basis of expected cash flow. In addition, the Group’s liquidity management policy involves maintaining 
debt financing plans, projecting cash flows and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these, and monitoring 
balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and external regulatory requirements. The Group’s borrowing covenants are subject 
to regular review.

The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities and non-settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity 
groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the 
tables are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. 

At 3 October 2015

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Trade payables

Other payables

At 4 October 2014

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Trade payables

Other payables

21  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables

Other taxes and social security

Accruals and deferred income

Other payables

Less than  
1 year  
£m

212.6

15.3

88.1

16.0

Between 1  
 and 2 years  
£m

Between 2  
and 5 years  
£m 

116.6

14.2

–

–

471.1

47.5

–

–

Over 
 5 years  
£m 

1,582.3

139.5

–

–

Total  
£m

2,382.6

216.5

88.1

16.0

332.0

130.8

518.6

1,721.8

2,703.2

Less than  
1 year  
£m

205.8

14.6

67.4

15.7

Between 1  
 and 2 years  
£m

Between 2  
and 5 years  
£m 

82.6

12.2

–

–

467.6

28.3

–

–

Over 
 5 years  
£m 

1,534.1

112.6

–

–

Total  
£m

2,290.1

167.7

67.4

15.7

303.5

94.8

495.9

1,646.7

2,540.9

2015  
£m 

88.1

24.4

56.7

16.0

2014  
£m

67.4

22.9

51.0

15.7

185.2

157.0

101

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

22  DEFERRED TAX

Net deferred tax liability
Deferred tax is calculated on temporary differences between tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts under 
the liability method using a tax rate of 20% (2014: 20%). The movement on the deferred tax accounts is shown below:

At beginning of the period

Credited to the income statement

Charged/(credited) to equity:

  Impairment and revaluation of properties

  Hedging reserve

  Retirement benefits

At end of the period

2015  
£m 

82.2

(4.4)

18.5

(8.7)

1.4

89.0

2014  
£m

88.2

(9.0)

2.0

0.5

0.5

82.2

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by 
IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’) during the period are shown below. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally 
enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net.

Deferred tax liabilities

At 5 October 2014

Charged to the income statement

Charged to equity

At 3 October 2015

Deferred tax assets

At 5 October 2014

Credited to the income statement

Credited to equity

At 3 October 2015

Net deferred tax liability

At 4 October 2014

At 3 October 2015

Accelerated  
 capital 
 allowances  
£m 

Revaluation  
 of 
properties  
£m 

Rolled over 
capital  
 gains  
£m 

Pensions  
£m 

1.6

–

1.4

3.0

29.8

0.5

–

30.3

95.6

1.3

18.5

115.4

Tax losses  
£m 

(24.1)

(6.3)

–

(30.4)

1.3

2.0

–

3.3

Hedging  
 reserve  
£m 

(23.3)

–

(8.7)

(32.0)

Other  
£m 

3.0

1.8

–

4.8

Other  
£m 

(1.7)

(3.7)

–

(5.4)

Total  
£m 

131.3

5.6

19.9

156.8

Total  
£m 

(49.1)

(10.0)

(8.7)

(67.8)

82.2

89.0

102

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

22  DEFERRED TAX (CONTINUED)

Deferred tax liabilities

At 6 October 2013

Charged/(credited) to the income statement

Charged to equity

At 4 October 2014

Deferred tax assets

At 6 October 2013

Charged/(credited) to the income statement

Charged to equity

At 4 October 2014

Net deferred tax liability

At 5 October 2013

At 4 October 2014

Accelerated  
 capital 
 allowances  
£m 

Revaluation  
 of 
properties  
£m 

Rolled over 
capital  
 gains  
£m 

Pensions  
£m 

–

1.1

0.5

1.6

31.1

(1.3)

–

29.8

98.5

(4.9)

2.0

95.6

Pensions
£m

Tax losses  
£m 

(1.0)

1.0

–

–

(20.7)

(3.4)

–

(24.1)

0.7

0.6

–

1.3

Hedging  
 reserve  
£m 

(23.8)

–

0.5

(23.3)

Other  
£m 

5.2

(2.2)

–

3.0

Other  
£m 

(1.8)

0.1

–

(1.7)

Total  
£m 

135.5

(6.7)

2.5

131.3

Total  
£m 

(47.3)

(2.3)

0.5

(49.1)

88.2

82.2

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences where it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered.

23  OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other liabilities

24  PROVISIONS FOR OTHER LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

Property leases

At beginning of the period

Released in the period

Provided in the period

Unwinding of discount

Utilised in the period

At end of the period

2015  
£m 

1.8

2015  
£m 

39.1

(6.3)

13.5

1.2

(6.0)

41.5

2014  
£m

2.9

2014  
£m

13.6 

–

28.0

0.7

(3.2)

39.1

When valuations of leasehold properties (based on future estimated income streams) give rise to a deficit as a result of onerous 
lease conditions they are recognised as liabilities in provisions. Other contractual property costs are also recorded as provisions 
as appropriate.

Payments are expected to continue on these properties for periods of 1 to 77 years (2014: 1 to 78 years).

In the current period the £4.9 million increase in the provision as a result of updating the discount and inflation rate assumptions 
used in the calculations has been classified as a non-underlying item. In the prior period the net provision made of £28.0 million 
was classified as a non-underlying item (note 4).

103

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

25  RETIREMENT BENEFITS

During the period the Group contributed to a funded defined benefit pension plan and a number of defined contribution 
pension plans.

Defined contribution plans
Pension costs for defined contribution plans are as follows:

Defined contribution plans

2015  
£m 

6.3

2014  
£m

4.3

Defined benefit plan
The Marston’s PLC Pension and Life Assurance Scheme is a final salary pension plan which provides benefits to members in the 
form of a guaranteed level of pension payable for life. The plan closed to future accrual on 30 September 2014 and the link to future 
salary increases was also removed. 

The plan operates under the UK regulatory framework and is governed by a board of Trustees composed of plan participants 
and representatives of the Group. The Trustees make investment decisions and set the required contribution rates based on 
independent actuarial advice.

The key risks to which the plan exposes the Group are as follows: 

•  Volatility of plan assets 
•  Changes in bond yields
•  Inflation risk
•  Changes in life expectancy

The movements in the fair value of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation during the period were:

Fair value
of plan assets

Present value
of defined 
benefit obligation

Net surplus/
(deficit)

At beginning of the period

Current service cost

Interest income/(expense)

Remeasurements:
  Return on plan assets (excluding interest  

income)

  Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

  Effect of changes in financial assumptions

  Effect of experience adjustments

Past service cost

Cash flows:

  Employer contributions

  Employee contributions

  Administrative expenses paid from plan assets

  Benefits paid

At end of the period

2015  
£m 

453.6

–

18.0

2014  
£m

427.8

–

18.6

2015  
£m

(445.8)

–

(17.4)

19.6

14.0

–

–

–

–

14.0

–

(0.7)

(21.8)

482.7

–

–

–

–

15.2

0.1

(0.6)

(21.5)

453.6

–

5.5

(20.4)

(11.4)

–

–

–

–

21.8

2014  
£m

(432.9)

(2.1)

(18.5)

–

(0.4)

(26.2)

–

12.9

–

(0.1)

–

21.5

(467.7)

(445.8)

2015  
£m

7.8

–

0.6

19.6

5.5

(20.4)

(11.4)

–

14.0

–

(0.7)

–

15.0

2014  
£m

(5.1)

(2.1)

0.1

14.0

(0.4)

(26.2)

–

12.9

15.2

–

(0.6)

–

7.8

Pension costs recognised in the income statement
A credit of £nil (2014: £10.8 million) comprising the current service cost and the past service cost is included within employee costs 
(note 5) and a charge of £0.1 million (2014: £0.5 million) comprising the net interest on the net defined benefit asset/liability and the 
administrative expenses paid from plan assets is included within net finance costs (note 6).

A negative past service cost of £11.2 million was recognised in the prior period due to the closure of the plan to future accrual at 
30 September 2014 and the cutting of the link to future salary increases with effect from this date. The net credit of £10.8 million 
comprising this negative past service cost less the associated costs of £0.4 million was classed as a non-underlying item (note 4).

104

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

25  RETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

An updated actuarial valuation of the plan was performed by Mercer as at 3 October 2015 for the purposes of IAS 19 ‘Employee 
Benefits’. The principal assumptions made by the actuaries were:

Discount rate

Rate of increase in pensionable salaries

Rate of increase in pensions – 5% LPI

Rate of increase in pensions – 2.5% LPI

Inflation assumption (RPI)

Inflation assumption (CPI)

Employed deferred revaluation

Life expectancy for deferred members from age 65 (years)

  Male

  Female

Life expectancy for current pensioners from age 65 (years)

  Male

  Female

2015 

3.7% 

N/A 

2.9% 

2.1% 

3.0% 

2.0% 

2.0% 

23.3 

25.8 

21.6 

23.9 

2014 

4.0%

3.6%

3.0%

2.1%

3.1%

2.1%

2.1%

23.6

26.0

21.8

24.1

Mortality assumptions are based on standard tables adjusted for plan experience and with an allowance for future improvement in 
life expectancy.

The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the principal actuarial assumptions is:

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

Life expectancy

Change in assumption

Increase in assumption

Decrease in assumption

0.25%

0.25%

Decrease by 3.9%

Increase by 4.2%

Increase by 2.4%

Decrease by 1.9%

One year

Increase by 3.2%

Decrease by 3.2%

The above sensitivity analyses have been determined by changing one assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. 
This is unlikely to be the case in practice as changes in some of the assumptions could be correlated. When calculating the above 
sensitivities the same method has been applied as when calculating the net defined benefit asset/liability in the balance sheet i.e. 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

Plan assets are comprised as follows:

Equities/Properties

Bonds/Gilts

Cash/Other

Buy-in policy (matching annuities)

2015  
£m 

139.8

272.9

21.2

48.8

482.7

2014  
£m

197.2

203.6

4.8

48.0

453.6

The actual return on plan assets was a gain of £37.6 million (2014: £32.6 million).

A proportion of the defined benefit obligation has been secured by a buy-in policy and as such this proportion of liabilities is 
matched by annuities.

The Trustees of the plan hold a range of assets and are aiming to better align the cash flows from these to those of the plan. They 
are also working with the Group to de-risk their portfolio further. To this end changes to the allocation of assets have occurred 
during the current period. 

105

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

25  RETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

The Group is aiming to eliminate the plan’s funding deficit by 2021. During the current period lump sums of £1.1 million per month 
were paid into the plan. A new schedule of contributions has been agreed as part of the 30 September 2014 triennial valuation and 
contributions of £0.5 million per month are payable until 30 September 2018 as well as payment of the plan’s expenses. These 
contributions may continue until 2030 depending on the plan’s funding position. The Group has also agreed to pledge additional 
security for the next six years beginning in 2015. The next triennial valuation will be performed as at 30 September 2017.

The employer contributions expected to be paid during the financial period ending 1 October 2016 amount to £8.0 million.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 17 years.

Post-retirement medical benefits
A gain of £nil (2014: £0.1 million) in respect of the remeasurement of post-retirement medical benefits has been included in the 
statement of comprehensive income.

26  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

During the period there were two classes of equity-settled employee share incentive plans outstanding:

(a)   Save As You Earn (SAYE). Under this scheme employees enter into a savings contract for a period of three to seven years and 
options are granted on commencement of the contract, exercisable using the amount saved under the contract at the time it 
terminates. Options under the scheme are granted at a discount of 20% to the market price of the shares at the time of the 
invitation and are not subject to performance conditions. Exercise of options is subject to continued employment.

(b)   Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). Under this scheme nil cost options are granted that will only vest provided the participant 
satisfies the minimum shareholding requirement and performance conditions relating to earnings per share, return on 
capital, free cash flow and relative total shareholder return, as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 44 to 
46, are met. 

 In 2010, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) approved an Approved Performance Share Plan (APSP) to enable participants in 
the LTIP to benefit from UK tax efficiencies. As such, awards made in 2010 and subsequent years may comprise an HMRC 
approved option (in respect of the first £30,000 worth of an award) and an unapproved LTIP award for amounts in excess of 
this HMRC limit. A further share award (a linked award) is also provided to enable participants to fund the exercise of the 
approved option. This linked award is satisfied by way of shares held on trust but these additional shares are not generally 
delivered to the participant. Under these rules the LTIP options are still issued at nil cost to the employee. 

The tables below summarise the outstanding share options.

SAYE:

Outstanding at beginning of the period

Granted

Exercised

Expired

Outstanding at end of the period

Exercisable at end of the period

Range of exercise prices

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

Number of shares

Weighted average 
exercise price

2015  
m 

6.5

2.4

(1.9)

(0.6)

6.4

0.2

2014  
m

5.1

2.6

(0.8)

(0.4)

6.5

0.2

2015  
p

102.1

136.0

78.2

117.3

120.9

82.3

2014  
p

90.2

121.0

85.9

99.7

102.1

128.3

76.1p

76.1p

 to 136.0p

 to 265.5p

3.1

2.8

106

 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

26  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

LTIP:

Outstanding at beginning of the period

Granted

Exercised

Expired

Outstanding at end of the period

Exercisable at end of the period

Exercise price

Weighted average 
exercise price

2015  
p

2014  
p

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number of shares

2015  
m 

4.6

1.6

–

(0.2)

6.0

–

–

2014  
m

4.2

1.8

(0.6)

(0.8)

4.6

–

–

LTIP options are exercisable no later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

The fair values of the SAYE and LTIP rights are calculated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The 
significant inputs into the model for all schemes unless otherwise stated were:

Dividend yield %

Expected volatility %

Risk-free interest rate %

Expected life of rights

  SAYE

  LTIP

2015 

4.6 

2014 

4.5 

18.4 to 20.0 

20.1 to 28.2 

1.0 to 1.4 

1.3 to 2.1 

3 to 5 years 

3 to 5 years 

3 years 

3 years 

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the expected life of the rights.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the period in relation to the SAYE was 15.2p (2014: 16.2p). The fair value 
of options granted during the period in relation to the LTIP was 142.6p (2014: 123.3p).

The weighted average share price for options exercised over the period was 151.1p (2014: 146.3p). The total charge for the period 
relating to employee share-based payment plans was £0.8 million (2014: £0.7 million), all of which related to equity-settled  
share-based payment transactions. After tax, the total charge was £0.7 million (2014: £0.6 million).

27  EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL

Allotted, called up and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 7.375p each:

At beginning of the period

Allotted under share option schemes

At end of the period

2015

2014

Number 
m 

Value 
£m 

Number 
m 

602.8

–

602.8

44.4

–

44.4

602.6

0.2

602.8

Value 
£m 

44.4

–

44.4

A total of nil (2014: 0.2 million) ordinary shares were issued during the period ended 3 October 2015 pursuant to the exercise of 
SAYE share options. The aggregate consideration in respect of these exercises was £nil (2014: £0.2 million).

107

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

28  OTHER COMPONENTS OF EQUITY

The capital redemption reserve of £6.8 million (2014: £6.8 million) arose on share buybacks.

Own shares represent the carrying value of the investment in treasury shares and shares held on trust for employee share 
schemes (including executive share option schemes) as set out in the table below. The trustees of the schemes are Banks’s 
Brewery Insurance Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marston’s PLC, and Computershare Trustees (C.I.) Limited.

Shares held on trust for employee share schemes

Treasury shares

2015

2014

Number 
m 

1.2

27.7

28.9

Value 
£m 

2.7

116.0

118.7

Number 
m 

1.2

29.6

30.8

Value 
£m 

2.7

124.1

126.8

The market value of own shares held is £44.2 million (2014: £44.0 million). Shares held on trust for employee share schemes 
represent 0.2% (2014: 0.2%) of issued share capital. Treasury shares held represent 4.6% (2014: 4.9%) of issued share capital. 

Dividends on own shares have been waived.

Capital management
The Group considers its capital to comprise total equity (as disclosed on the face of the Group balance sheet) and net debt (note 30). 
In managing its capital the primary objective is to ensure that the Group is able to continue to operate as a going concern and to 
maximise return to shareholders through a combination of capital growth and distributions. The Group seeks to maintain a ratio 
of debt to equity that both balances risks and returns at an acceptable level and retains sufficient funds to comply with lending 
covenants, achieve working capital targets and meet investment requirements. The Board reviews the Group’s dividend policy and 
funding requirements at least once a year.

29  WORKING CAPITAL AND NON-CASH MOVEMENTS

Working capital movement

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Non-cash movements

Income from other non-current assets

Movements in respect of property, plant and equipment, assets held for sale and intangible assets

Share-based payments

2015  
£m 

(2.3)

(12.4)

25.4

10.7

2015  
£m 

(0.2)

29.4

0.8

30.0

2014  
£m

(1.5)

(3.9)

(18.3)

(23.7)

2014  
£m

(0.2)

77.6

0.7

78.1

Further details of movements in respect of property, plant and equipment, assets held for sale and intangible assets are given in 
notes 4, 11, 12 and 15.

108

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

30  NET DEBT

Analysis of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Bank overdrafts

Debt due within one year

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Other borrowings

Debt due after one year

Unsecured bank borrowings

Securitised debt

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Preference shares

Net debt

2015  
£m

Cash flow  
£m 

Non-cash 
movements 
and deferred  
 issue costs  
£m 

193.1

(8.7)

184.4

0.9

(26.2)

(0.1)

0.1

(120.0)

(145.3)

(248.2)

(833.6)

(20.6)

(181.6)

(0.1)

(1,284.1)

(1,245.0)

12.2

(1.1)

11.1

–

25.4

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

(26.8)

(0.1)

–

–

25.5

(26.8)

(38.0)

–

–

(47.0)

–

(85.0)

(48.4)

(0.7)

26.2

0.1

2.8

–

28.4

1.6

2014  
£m

180.9

(7.6)

173.3

0.8

(24.8)

(0.1)

0.1

(120.0)

(144.0)

(209.5)

(859.8)

(20.7)

(137.4)

(0.1)

(1,227.5)

(1,198.2)

Unsecured bank borrowings due within one year represent unamortised issue costs expected to be charged to the income 
statement within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Unsecured bank borrowings due after one year represent amounts drawn 
down under the Group’s revolving credit facilities, net of unamortised issue costs expected to be charged to the income statement 
after 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Other lease related borrowings represent amounts due under sale and leaseback arrangements that do not fall within the scope of 
IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

Other borrowings represent amounts drawn down under the securitisation’s liquidity facility. During the prior period the facility’s 
provider, the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, had its short-term credit rating downgraded below the minimum prescribed in the 
facility agreement and as such the Group exercised its entitlement to draw the full amount of the facility and hold it in a designated 
bank account. The corresponding balance of £120.0 million (2014: £120.0 million) held in this bank account is included within cash 
and cash equivalents. The amounts drawn down can only be used for the purpose of meeting the securitisation’s debt service 
obligations should there ever be insufficient funds available from operations to meet such payments. As such these amounts are 
considered to be restricted cash.

Included within cash and cash equivalents is an amount of £1.6 million (2014: £1.4 million) relating to a letter of credit with Royal 
Sun Alliance Insurance, an amount of £1.0 million (2014: £1.0 million) relating to a letter of credit with Aviva, and an amount of 
£7.8 million (2014: £8.2 million) relating to collateral held in the form of cash deposits. These amounts are also considered to be 
restricted cash.

In addition, any other cash held in connection with the securitised business is governed by certain restrictions under the covenants 
associated with the securitisation (note 19).

109

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

30  NET DEBT (CONTINUED)

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

Increase in cash and cash equivalents in the period

Cash inflow from movement in debt

Change in debt resulting from cash flows

Non-cash movements and deferred issue costs

Movement in net debt in the period

Net debt at beginning of the period

Net debt at end of the period

Reconciliation of net debt before lease financing to net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Unsecured bank borrowings (including bank overdrafts)

Securitised debt

Other borrowings

Preference shares

Net debt before lease financing

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Net debt

31  OPERATING LEASES

2015  
£m 

11.1

(59.5)

(48.4)

1.6

(46.8)

2014  
£m

79.2

(90.4)

(11.2)

4.0

(7.2)

(1,198.2)

(1,245.0)

(1,191.0)

(1,198.2)

2015  
£m 

193.1

(256.0)

(859.8)

(120.0)

(0.1)

2014  
£m

180.9

(216.3)

(884.6)

(120.0)

(0.1)

(1,042.8)

(1,040.1)

(20.7)

(181.5)

(20.8)

(137.3)

(1,245.0)

(1,198.2)

The Group as lessee
The Group leases various properties and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have various terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights. Future minimum lease rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are 
as follows:

Due:

Within one year

In more than one year but less than five years

In more than five years

2015

2014

Land and 
buildings 
£m

27.2

73.3

258.2

358.7

Other
£m

0.6

0.4

–

1.0

Land and 
buildings 
£m

25.0

73.2

189.3

287.5

Other
£m

0.4

0.4

–

0.8

110

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

31  OPERATING LEASES (CONTINUED)

The Group as lessor
The Group leases a proportion of its licensed estate and other unlicensed properties to tenants. The majority of lease agreements 
have terms of 21 years or less and are classified as operating leases. Future minimum lease rentals receivable under  
non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Due:

Within one year

In more than one year but less than five years

In more than five years

32  FINANCE LEASES

2015

2014

Land and 
buildings 
£m

23.8

73.6

104.7

202.1

Other
£m

–

–

–

–

Land and 
buildings 
£m

24.5

74.2

107.1

205.8

Other
£m

–

–

–

–

The Group leases a number of properties under finance leases. The leases have various terms, escalation clauses and renewal 
rights. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases are as follows:

Due:

Within one year

In more than one year but less than five years

In more than five years

Future finance charges

Present value of finance lease obligations

The present value of finance lease obligations is as follows:

Due:

Within one year

In more than one year but less than five years

In more than five years

Present value of finance lease obligations

33  SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

Details of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings are provided in note 4 to the Company financial statements.

2015  
£m 

1.2

5.0

38.9

45.1

(24.4)

20.7

2015  
£m 

0.1

0.6

20.0

20.7

2014  
£m

1.2

4.9

40.2

46.3

(25.5)

20.8

2014  
£m

0.1

0.5

20.2

20.8

111

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

34  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

On 9 August 2005 the Group entered into a Tax Deed of Covenant, which was amended on 22 November 2007, the primary objective 
of which was to ensure that the Group did not trigger a de-grouping liability comprising Capital Gains Tax (CGT) and Stamp Duty 
Land Tax (SDLT). This would arise in the event of Marston’s Pubs Limited being sold outside the Group, within six years of the 
relevant asset transfer date for CGT purposes, and within three years of the relevant asset transfer date for SDLT purposes. Due 
to the passage of time and changes in the statutory rate of corporation tax, the total potential de-grouping liability now stands at 
£6.8 million (2014: £8.4 million), of which £6.3 million (2014: £7.9 million) relates to CGT and £0.5 million (2014: £0.5 million) relates 
to SDLT.

The Group has issued a letter of credit in favour of Royal Sun Alliance Insurance totalling £1.6 million (2014: £1.4 million) and a 
letter of credit in favour of Aviva totalling £1.0 million (2014: £1.0 million) to secure reinsurance contracts. The letters of credit are 
secured on fixed deposits for the same amount.

The Group has also entered into a Deed of Guarantee with the Trustees of the Marston’s PLC Pension and Life Assurance Scheme 
(‘the Scheme’) whereby it guarantees to the Trustees the ongoing obligations of the Group to contribute to the Scheme, and the 
obligations of the Group to contribute to the Scheme in the event of a debt becoming due under section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995 
on the occurrence of either a Group company entering liquidation or the Scheme winding up.

35  THWAITES ACQUISITION

On 17 April 2015, the Group acquired the trading operations of Daniel Thwaites PLC’s beer division, including the two leading beer 
brands Wainwright and Lancaster Bomber. The acquisition is consistent with the Group’s strategy to focus on popular premium ale 
brands, and provides further opportunities for growth in the developing free trade market.

The table below summarises the consideration paid, the provisional fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and 
the resulting goodwill.

Brands

Property, plant and equipment

Trade loans

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Goodwill

Cash consideration

2015  
£m 

12.8

6.1

3.0

2.9

1.1

(0.4)

3.3

28.8

All of the goodwill arising is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition related costs of £0.2 million have been recognised within other net operating charges.

If the acquisition date had been the beginning of the current period then the underlying revenue and profit of the Group for the 
current period would have been £868.2 million and £76.1 million respectively.

Since acquisition the Group has integrated the operations of the acquired business into the Group’s existing operations. As a 
result it is impractical to isolate the revenue and profit of the acquired business that has been included in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income since the acquisition date.

112

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Marston's PLC 

REPORT ON THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our opinion
In our opinion, Marston’s PLC’s Parent Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 3 October 2015;
•  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

What we have audited
The financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the ‘Annual Report’), comprise:

•  the Company Balance Sheet as at 3 October 2015; and
•  the notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other 

explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report, rather than in the notes to the financial 
statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

Consistency of other information

Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial period for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (‘ISAs (UK & Ireland)’) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, 
information in the Annual Report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Company acquired in the course 

of performing our audit; or

•  otherwise misleading.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration

Directors’  Remuneration Report – Companies Act 2006 opinion
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made. We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

113

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Marston's PLC continued

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities set out on page 62, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs 
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
We conducted our audit in accordance with ISAs (UK & Ireland). An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 

•  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Parent Company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and 

adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and 
•  the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our own 
judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to provide 
a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive 
procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with 
the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

OTHER MATTER

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Marston's PLC for the period ended 3 October 2015.

Mark Smith (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Birmingham
26 November 2015

114

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

COMPANY BALANCE SHEEt
As at 3 October 2015

Fixed assets

Tangible assets

Investments

Current assets

Assets held for sale

Debtors

  Amounts falling due within one year

  Amounts falling due after more than one year

Cash at bank

Creditors Amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors Amounts falling due after more than one year

Provisions for liabilities and charges

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Equity share capital

Share premium account

Revaluation reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Own shares

Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

3 October 
2015 
£m

4 October 
2014 
£m

Note

3 

4 

5 

6 

6 

7 

7 

8 

11 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

13 

350.4

260.9

611.3

307.3

260.9

568.2

8.2

13.5

548.7

743.3

13.1

543.4

685.6

18.7

1,313.3

1,261.2

(764.0)

549.3

(734.3)

526.9

1,160.6

1,095.1

(125.3)

(14.3)

1,021.0

44.4

334.0

103.5

6.8

(118.7)

651.0

1,021.0

(127.7)

(12.0)

955.4

44.4

334.0

59.8

6.8

(126.8)

637.2

955.4

The financial statements on pages 115 to 124 were approved by the Board on 26 November 2015 and signed on its behalf by:

Ralph Findlay 
Chief Executive Officer
26 November 2015

115

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, as modified 
by the revaluation of certain freehold and leasehold properties and derivative financial instruments, and in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and applicable UK accounting standards.

As a result of the issue by the Financial Reporting Council of revised financial reporting standards for the UK, the Company will be 
required to adopt a new accounting framework in its individual financial statements for the financial period ending 1 October 2016 
and all subsequent periods. The Company intends to adopt FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland’ and take advantage of the disclosure exemptions in paragraph 1.12 of that standard. Any objections to the use 
of these disclosure exemptions may be served in writing to the Company’s registered office before 31 March 2016 by a shareholder 
or shareholders holding in aggregate 5% or more of the total allotted shares in the Company.

As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, no profit and loss account has been presented for the Company. As 
permitted by section 408(2) of the Companies Act 2006, information about the Company’s employee numbers and costs has not 
been presented.

Revenue and other operating income
Revenue represents rent receivable from licensed properties, which is recognised in the period to which it relates. Other operating 
income comprises mainly rent receivable from unlicensed properties.

Current and deferred tax
The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and is 
measured at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed by the balance sheet date that 
give rise to an obligation to pay more or less tax in the future. Timing differences are differences between the Company’s taxable 
profits and profits as stated in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted and assets are only 
recognised where recoverability is probable.

Deferred tax has been calculated at the tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which timing differences reverse, based on tax 
rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Fixed assets
•  Freehold and leasehold properties are stated at valuation or at cost. Fixtures, fittings, plant and equipment are stated at cost.
•  Depreciation is charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis to provide for the cost of the assets less residual 

value over their useful lives.

•  Freehold and long leasehold buildings are depreciated to their residual value over 50 years.
•  Short leasehold properties are depreciated over the life of the lease.
•  Fixtures, fittings, plant and equipment are depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 15 years.
•  Own labour and interest costs directly attributable to capital projects are capitalised.
•  Land is not depreciated.

Properties are revalued by qualified valuers at least once in each rolling three year period, on an existing use basis. Substantially all 
of the Company’s properties have been externally valued in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors’ Red Book. 
These valuations are performed directly by reference to observable prices in an active market or recent market transactions on 
arm’s length terms. Internal valuations are performed on the same basis.

When a valuation is below current carrying value, the asset concerned is reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are 
charged to the revaluation reserve to the extent that a previous gain has been recorded, and thereafter to the profit and loss 
account. Surpluses on revaluation are recognised in the revaluation reserve, except to the extent they reverse previously charged 
impairment losses, in which case the reversal is recorded in the profit and loss account.

Assets held for sale
Assets, typically properties, are categorised as held for sale when the value of the asset will be recovered through a sale 
transaction rather than continuing use. This condition is met when the sale is highly probable, the asset is available for immediate 
sale in its present condition and is being actively marketed. In addition, the Company must be committed to the sale and 
completion should be expected to occur within one year from the date of classification. Assets held for sale are valued at the lower 
of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.

116

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Disposals of fixed assets
Profit/loss on disposal of fixed assets represents net sale proceeds less carrying value of the assets. Any element of the revaluation 
reserve relating to the fixed assets disposed of is transferred to the profit and loss reserve at the date of sale.

Leases
Rental costs under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account over the term of the lease. The cost of assets held 
under finance leases is included within tangible fixed assets and depreciation is provided in accordance with the policy for the class 
of asset concerned. The corresponding obligations under those leases are shown as creditors. The finance charge element of 
rentals is charged to the profit and loss account as incurred.

Lease premiums received are recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

Obligations arising from sale and leaseback arrangements with repurchase options that do not fall within the scope of SSAP 21  
‘Accounting for leases and hire purchase contracts’ are classified as other lease related borrowings and accounted for in 
accordance with FRS 26 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost, less any provision for diminution in value.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised in the balance sheet when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a 
past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 

Dividends
Dividends proposed by the Board but unpaid at the period end are recognised in the financial statements when they have been 
approved by the shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when paid.

Preference shares
Preference shares are treated as borrowings, and dividends payable on those preference shares are charged as interest in the 
profit and loss account.

Group undertakings
There is an intra group funding agreement in place between the Company and certain other members of the Group. This 
agreement stipulates that all balances outstanding on any intercompany loan account between these companies which exceed £1 
are interest bearing at a prescribed rate.

In the prior period it was agreed that no interest would be charged on any balances due to/from certain Group companies during 
the period of their restructuring.

There is a 12.5% subordinated loan due to the Company from Marston’s Pubs Limited. No interest is payable on any other amounts 
owed by/to Group companies who are not party to the intra group funding agreement.

All amounts owed by/to Group undertakings are unsecured and, with the exception of the subordinated loan, repayable on demand.

Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Derivative 
financial instruments are initially recognised in the balance sheet at fair value and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value 
at each balance sheet date. The Company has not designated any derivative financial instruments as hedging instruments and as 
such any gains or losses on remeasurement are recognised in the profit and loss account immediately.

2  AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts are disclosed in note 3 to the Group 
financial statements. Fees paid to the Company’s Auditors for non-audit services to the Company itself are not required to be 
disclosed as the Group financial statements disclose such fees on a consolidated basis.

117

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

3  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

Cost or valuation

At 5 October 2014

Additions

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation

Net transfers from Group undertakings

At 3 October 2015

Depreciation

At 5 October 2014

Charge for the period

Net transfers to assets held for sale and disposals

Revaluation

At 3 October 2015

Net book value at 4 October 2014

Net book value at 3 October 2015

The net book value of land and buildings is split as follows:

Freehold properties

Leasehold properties over 50 years unexpired

Leasehold properties under 50 years unexpired

Cost or valuation of land and buildings comprises:

Valuation

At cost

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

292.9

13.4

(7.6)

35.8

1.1

335.6

2.2

1.5

–

(2.6)

1.1

290.7

334.5

Fixtures,  
fittings,  
plant and 
equipment  
£m 

25.4

1.3

(0.3)

–

0.2

26.6

8.8

2.2

(0.3)

–

10.7

16.6

15.9

2015  
£m 

237.1

74.7

22.7

334.5

2015  
£m 

335.6

–

335.6

Total  
£m 

318.3

14.7

(7.9)

35.8

1.3

362.2

11.0

3.7

(0.3)

(2.6)

11.8

307.3

350.4

2014  
£m

202.0

75.2

13.5

290.7

2014  
£m

254.5

38.4

292.9

If the land and buildings had not been revalued, the historical cost net book value would be £242.7 million (2014: £242.8 million).

Cost at 3 October 2015 includes £3.5 million (2014: £2.5 million) of assets in the course of construction.

Capital expenditure authorised and committed at the period end but not provided for in the financial statements was £1.8 million 
(2014: £0.5 million).

The net book value of land and buildings held under finance leases at 3 October 2015 was £28.0 million (2014: £21.8 million). The 
net book value of land and buildings held as part of sale and leaseback arrangements that do not fall within the scope of SSAP 21 
‘Accounting for leases and hire purchase contracts’ was £134.6 million (2014: £113.9 million).

118

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

3  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS (CONTINUED)

Revaluation/impairment
At 1 February 2015 independent chartered surveyors revalued the Company’s freehold and leasehold properties on an open market 
value basis. These valuations have been incorporated into the financial statements and the resulting revaluation adjustments have 
been recognised in the revaluation reserve or profit and loss account as appropriate.

During the prior period various properties were reviewed for impairment and/or material changes in value. These valuation 
adjustments were recognised in the revaluation reserve or the profit and loss account as appropriate.

The impact of the revaluations/impairments described above is as follows:

Profit and loss account:

Revaluation loss charged as an impairment

Reversal of past impairment

Revaluation reserve:

Unrealised revaluation surplus

Reversal of past revaluation surplus

Net increase in shareholders’ funds/fixed assets

4  FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS

Cost

At 5 October 2014

Capital contribution in respect of equity-settled share-based payments

At 3 October 2015

Impairments

At 5 October 2014

Charged in the period

At 3 October 2015

Net book value at 4 October 2014

Net book value at 3 October 2015

2015  
£m 

(12.5)

3.5

(9.0)

52.2

(4.8)

47.4

38.4

2014  
£m

(0.9)

–

(0.9)

11.7

(0.3)

11.4

10.5

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£m 

316.5 

0.8

317.3

55.6 

0.8

56.4

260.9 

260.9

The cost and the accumulated impairment of fixed asset investments at 5 October 2014 have been restated to reflect the 
cumulative impact of capital contributions to Marston’s Trading Limited in respect of equity-settled share-based payments and the 
associated impairment of these amounts.

119

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

4  FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

The Company had the following subsidiary undertakings at 3 October 2015:

Marston’s Estates Limited

Country of 
incorporation
England and Wales

Marston’s Operating Limited

England and Wales

Marston’s Property Developments Limited  England and Wales

Nature of business
Property 
management
Pub retailer 
and brewer 
Property developer

Proportion of 
shares held 
directly by 
Marston’s 
PLC
100%

Proportion 
of shares 
held by 
the Group
100%

Class of share
Ordinary 25p

Ordinary £1

– 

100%

Ordinary £1

100%

Marston’s Pubs Limited

England and Wales

Pub retailer

Ordinary £1

– 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Marston's Pubs Parent Limited

England and Wales

Holding company

Ordinary £1

Marston's Telecoms Limited

England and Wales

Telecommunications

Ordinary £1

Marston’s Trading Limited

England and Wales

Banks’s Brewery Insurance Limited

Guernsey

Pub retailer 
and brewer
Insurance

Ordinary £5

Ordinary £1 

Marston's Acquisitions Limited

England and Wales

Acquisition company

Ordinary 25p

Marston's Issuer PLC

England and Wales

Financing company

Ordinary £1

Marston's Issuer Parent Limited

England and Wales

Holding company

Ordinary £1

Preference £1

Bluu Limited

Brasserie Restaurants Limited

Celtic Inns Holdings Limited

Celtic Inns Limited

Channel Wines and Spirits Limited

Eldridge, Pope & Co., Limited

English Country Inns Limited

EP Investments 2004 Limited

Fairdeed Limited

Fayolle Limited

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Guernsey

England

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary 1p

100%

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary 50p

– 

– 

– 

Dormant

Ordinary 50p

100%

Dormant

Ordinary 1p

Dormant

‘A’ Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

John Marston's Taverners Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Lambert Parker & Gaines Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Mansfield Brewery Limited

England

Dormant

Ordinary 25p

Mansfield Brewery Properties Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

100%

Mansfield Brewery Trading Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Marston, Thompson & Evershed Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary 25p

Osprey Inns Limited

Pitcher and Piano Limited

Porter Black (2003) Limited

QP Bars Limited

Refresh Group Limited

Refresh UK Limited

Ringwood Brewery Limited

S.K. Williams Limited

SDA Limited

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary 1p

Dormant

Ordinary 10p

Dormant

Ordinary £1

England

Dormant

Ordinary £1

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

120

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

– 

– 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

4  FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

Sherwood Forest Properties Limited

Sovereign Inns Limited

The Gray Ox Limited

Country of 
incorporation
England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Nature of business
Dormant

Class of share
Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

The Wychwood Brewery Company Limited England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

W&DB (Finance) PLC

W. & D. plc

Wizard Inns Limited

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

Ordinary £1

Dormant

‘A’ Ordinary 1p

Deferred 1p

Wychwood Holdings Limited

England and Wales

Dormant

‘A’ Ordinary 1p

‘B’ Ordinary 1p

Proportion of 
shares held 
directly by 
Marston’s 
PLC
– 

Proportion 
of shares 
held by 
the Group
100%

– 

– 

– 

100%

100%

100%

100%

– 

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100% 

100%

100%

100%

All subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements.

Although the Group does not hold any shares in Marston’s Issuer PLC and its parent company, Marston’s Issuer Parent Limited, 
these companies are treated as subsidiary undertakings for the purpose of the consolidated financial statements as it is 
considered that they are controlled by the Group. Marston’s Issuer PLC was set up with the sole purpose of issuing debt secured on 
the assets of Marston’s Pubs Limited. Wilmington Trust SP Services (London) Limited holds the shares of Marston’s Issuer Parent 
Limited under a declaration of trust for charitable purposes.

5  ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Properties

2015  
£m 

8.2

2014  
£m

13.5

During the current and prior period, all properties classed as held for sale were reviewed for impairment. This review identified an 
impairment of £4.0 million (2014: £1.3 million) which has been recognised in the profit and loss account. 

6  DEBTORS

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Derivative financial instruments

Other debtors

Amounts falling due after more than one year

12.5% subordinated loan owed by Group undertakings

2015  
£m 

522.2

25.7

0.8

548.7

2015  
£m 

743.3

2014  
£m 

522.2

19.5

1.7

543.4

2014  
£m 

685.6

121

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

7  CREDITORS

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Interest owed to Group undertakings

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Corporation tax

Derivative financial instruments

Accruals and deferred income

Other creditors

Amounts falling due after more than one year

Finance leases

Other lease related borrowings

Preference shares

Accruals and deferred income

Other creditors

2015  
£m 

699.0

1.4

0.1

(0.1)

31.0

25.7

5.8

1.1

2014  
£m

686.0

–

0.1

(0.1)

25.0

19.5

2.6

1.2

764.0

734.3

2015  
£m 

20.6

87.8

0.1

15.5

1.3

2014  
£m

20.7

87.7

0.1

16.8

2.4

125.3

127.7

The preference shares carry a right to a fixed preferential dividend. They participate in the event of a winding-up and on a return of 
capital and carry the right to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company, carrying four votes per share.

The amount of instalments falling due for payment after more than five years from the balance sheet date on debts repayable by 
instalments was £108.1 million (2014: £108.1 million). Debts of £0.1 million (2014: £0.1 million) were repayable otherwise than by 
instalments after more than five years from the balance sheet date. 

8  PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

At 5 October 2014

Released in the period

Provided in the period

Unwinding of discount

Utilised in the period

Charged to the profit and loss account

At 3 October 2015

Deferred
tax 
£m 

5.5

–

–

–

–

0.3

5.8

Property 
leases 
£m 

6.5

(0.8)

3.9

0.2

(1.3)

–

8.5

Total  
£m 

12.0

(0.8)

3.9

0.2

(1.3)

0.3

14.3

When valuations of leasehold properties (based on future estimated discounted income streams) give rise to a deficit as a result of 
onerous lease conditions they are recognised as liabilities in provisions. Payments are expected to continue on these properties for 
periods of 1 to 29 years (2014: 1 to 30 years). 

Deferred tax
The amount provided in respect of deferred tax is as follows:

Excess of capital allowances over accumulated depreciation

2015  
£m 

5.8

2014  
£m

5.5 

122

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

9  OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS

At 3 October 2015 the Company had annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows: 

2015

2014

Leases which expire:

Within one year

Later than one year and less than five years

After five years

10  FINANCE LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Obligations under finance leases are as follows: 

Due:

Within one year

Later than one year and less than five years

After five years

Future finance charges

Present value of finance lease obligations

11  EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL

Allotted, called up and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 7.375p each:

At beginning of the period

Allotted under share option schemes

At end of the period

Land and 
buildings 
£m

0.2

12.9

4.6

17.7

Other
£m

–

–

–

–

Land and 
buildings 
£m

–

13.0

4.1

17.1

2015  
£m 

1.2

5.0

38.9

45.1

(24.4)

20.7

2015

2014

Number 
m 

Value 
£m 

Number 
m 

602.8

–

602.8

44.4

–

44.4

602.6

0.2

602.8

Further information on share capital is provided in note 27 to the Group financial statements.

12  RESERVES

At 5 October 2014

Sale of own shares

Property revaluation 

Property impairment

Disposal of properties

Transfer to profit and loss account

Share-based payments

Profit for the financial period

Dividends paid

At 3 October 2015

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

334.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m 

59.8

–

52.2

(4.8)

(3.1)

(0.6)

–

–

–

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

6.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Own 
shares 
£m 

(126.8)

8.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

334.0

103.5

6.8

(118.7)

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£m

637.2

(6.6)

–

–

3.1

0.6

0.8

54.8

(38.9)

651.0

123

Other
£m

–

–

–

–

2014  
£m

1.2

4.9

40.2

46.3

(25.5)

20.8

Value 
£m 

44.4

–

44.4

Total 
£m

911.0

1.5

52.2

(4.8)

–

–

0.8

54.8

(38.9)

976.6

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

NOTES continued
For the 52 weeks ended 3 October 2015

12  RESERVES (CONTINUED)

The capital redemption reserve arose on share buybacks.

Details of own shares are provided in note 28 to the Group financial statements.

13  RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENT IN SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

Profit for the financial period

Dividends paid

Issue of shares

Sale of own shares

Share-based payments

Revaluation of properties

Net addition to shareholders’ funds

Opening shareholders’ funds

Closing shareholders’ funds

2015  
£m 

54.8

(38.9)

–

1.5

0.8

47.4

65.6

955.4

1,021.0

2014  
£m

60.3

(37.1)

0.2

0.5

0.7

11.4

36.0

919.4

955.4

The share-based payments and profit for the prior period have been restated to reflect the impact of the capital contribution to 
Marston’s Trading Limited in respect of equity-settled share-based payments and the associated impairment of this amount.

14  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company has entered into a Deed of Guarantee with Marston’s Trading Limited (‘Trading’) and the Trustees of the Marston’s 
PLC Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (‘the Scheme’) whereby it guarantees to the Trustees the ongoing obligations of Trading 
to contribute to the Scheme and the obligations of Trading to contribute to the Scheme in the event of a debt becoming due under 
section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995 on the occurrence of either Trading entering liquidation or the Scheme winding up.

124

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

FIVE YEAR RECORD

Underlying revenue

Underlying profit before taxation

Non-underlying items

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Taxation*

Profit/(loss) after taxation

2011
(Restated)
(52 weeks)
£m

682.2 

75.9 

0.4 

76.3 

(10.8)

65.5 

2012 
(Restated)
(52 weeks)
£m

719.7

86.7

(223.3)

(136.6)

25.5

(111.1)

2013 
(Restated)
(53 weeks)
£m

782.9

86.1

(18.6)

67.5

(10.6)

56.9

2014
(52 weeks)
£m 

787.6

83.0

(142.2)

(59.2)

8.5

(50.7)

2015
(52 weeks)
£m 

845.5

91.5

(60.2)

31.3

(8.0)

23.3

Net assets

817.6 

762.0

841.9

759.0

782.9

Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share

Non-underlying items

Underlying earnings per ordinary share

11.5p

(0.9)p

10.6p

(19.5)p

31.7p

12.2p

10.0p

2.0p

12.0p

(8.9)p

20.6p

11.7p

4.1p

8.8p

12.9p

Dividend per ordinary share

5.8p

6.1p

6.4p

6.7p

7.0p

*  Taxation includes the tax on non-underlying items together with non-underlying credits of £3.1 million in 2013, £2.1 million in 2012 and £5.0 million in 2011 in respect of the change in 

corporation tax rate.

125

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Information for Shareholders

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The Company’s AGM will be held on 26 January 2016 at 12 noon at Wolverhampton Wanderers Football Club, Molineux Stadium, 
Waterloo Road, Wolverhampton WV1 4QR.

Financial calendar
Ex-dividend date for final dividend
Record date for final dividend
AGM and Interim Management Statement
Final dividend payment date
Half-year results
Ex-dividend date for interim dividend
Interim dividend payment date
Full-year results

17 December 2015
18 December 2015
26 January 2016
1 February 2016
May 2016
May 2016
July 2016
24 November 2016

These dates are indicative only and may be subject to change.

The Marston’s website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit our website www.marstons.co.uk for further information about the Company. The dedicated 
Investors section on the website contains information specifically for shareholders including share price information, historical 
dividend amounts and payment dates together with this year’s (and prior years’) Annual Report and Accounts.

Registrars
The Company’s shareholder register is maintained by our Registrar Equiniti. If you have any queries relating to your Marston’s PLC 
shareholding you should contact Equiniti directly by one of the methods below:

www.shareview.co.uk – from here you will be able to securely email Equiniti with your query 

Online: 
Telephone:  0371 384 2274* 
Text phone:  0371 384 2255* 
By post: 

Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA

* Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday, excluding English public holidays.

Dividend payments
By completing a bank mandate form dividends can be paid directly into your bank or building society account. Those selecting this 
payment method will benefit from receiving cleared funds in their bank account on the payment date, avoiding postal delays and 
removing the risk of any cheques being lost in the post. To change how you receive your dividends contact Equiniti or visit  
www.shareview.co.uk

Duplicate documents
If you have received two or more sets of the documents concerning the AGM this means that there is more than one account in 
your name on the shareholder register, perhaps because either your name or your address appear on each account in a slightly 
different way. If you think this might be the case and would like to combine your accounts, please contact Equiniti.

Moving house?
It is important that you notify Equiniti of your new address as soon as possible. If you hold 1,500 shares or fewer, and reside in the 
UK, this can be done quickly over the telephone. However, for holdings greater than 1,500 shares your instruction will need to be in 
writing, quoting your full name, shareholder reference number (if known), previous address and new address.

Electronic communications
Changes in legislation in recent years allow the Company to use its corporate website as the main way to communicate with 
shareholders. Annual Report and Accounts are only sent to those shareholders who have opted to receive a paper copy. Registering 
to receive shareholder documentation from the Company electronically will allow shareholders to:

•  view the Annual Report and Accounts on the day it is published;
•  receive an email alert when the Annual Report and Accounts and any other shareholder documents are available;
•  cast their AGM votes electronically; and
•  manage their shareholding quickly and securely online, through www.shareview.co.uk

This reduces our impact on the environment, minimises waste and reduces printing and mailing costs. For further information and 
to register for electronic shareholder communications visit www.shareview.co.uk

126

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Additional information

Buying and selling shares in the UK

If you wish to buy or sell Marston’s PLC shares and hold a share certificate, you can:

•  use the services of a stockbroker or high street bank; or
•  use a telephone or online service.

If you sell your shares in this way you will need to present your share certificate at the time of sale. Details of low cost dealing 
services may be obtained from www.shareview.co.uk or 0345 603 7037**.

** Lines are open Monday to Friday, 8.00am to 4.30pm for dealing and until 6.00pm for enquiries (UK time), excluding English public holidays.

share fraud warning

Share fraud includes scams where investors are called out of the blue and offered an inflated price for shares they own or 
shares that often turn out to be worthless or non-existent. These calls come from fraudsters operating ‘boiler rooms’ that 
are mostly based abroad. While high profits are promised, those who buy or sell shares in this way usually lose their money. 
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has found most share fraud victims are experienced investors who lose an average of 
£20,000, with around £200 million lost in the UK each year.

If you are offered unsolicited investment advice, discounted shares, a premium price for shares you own, or free company or 
research reports, you should take these steps before handing over any money:

•  Get the name of the person and organisation contacting you.
•  Check the Financial Services Register at www.fca.org.uk/register to ensure they are authorised.
•  Use the details on the FCA Register to contact the firm.
•  Call the FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768 if there are no contact details on the Register or you are told they are out 

of date.

•  Search the FCA list of unauthorised firms and individuals to avoid doing business with.
•  Remember, if it sounds too good to be true, it probably is.

If you use an unauthorised firm to buy or sell shares or other investments, you will not have access to the Financial 
Ombudsman Service or Financial Services Compensation Scheme if things go wrong.

If you are approached about a share scam you should tell the FCA using the share fraud reporting form at www.fca.org.uk, 
where you will find out about the latest investment scams. You can also call the Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768.

If you have already paid money to share fraudsters you should contact Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040.

Company details
Registered office: Marston’s House, Brewery Road, Wolverhampton, WV1 4JT
Telephone: 01902 711811 
Company registration number: 31461

127

Marston’s PLC Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Glossary

BBPA British Beer & Pub Association – a body representing Britain’s brewers and pub companies

BIS Department for Business, Innovation and Skills – Government department of economic growth

Brinner Food concept: where breakfast meets dinner

Challenge 21 BBPA scheme to prevent underage sales – if a customer buying alcohol looks under the age of 21 they will be asked 
to provide proof of their age

Challenge 25 Extension to Challenge 21 – scheme where customers will be asked to prove their age if they look under 25

CROCCE Cash Return on Cash Capital Employed – calculated in the same way as ROC

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility – businesses’ response to their impact on society

EBIT Earnings before interest and tax

EBITDA Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation 

EPS Earnings per share

Export Anything sold outside the UK

FCF Free Cash Flow – operating cash flow of the business after tax and interest

FRC Financial Reporting Council – independent regulator 

Free trade Independently owned pubs and clubs

Generous George Destination pub brand

LPG (emissions) Liquefied petroleum gas, used as a fuel in heating appliances, cooking equipment and vehicles

National on-trade Managed house pub groups, tenanted pub groups, brewers

NED Non-executive Director

Off-trade Business with food and drink retailers, such as supermarkets (also known as take home)

On-trade Business with hotels, bars, restaurants and pub companies

PBT Profit before tax

ROC Return on Capital – calculated in the same way as CROCCE

Take home Supermarkets, cash and carry, convenience stores (also known as off-trade)

TSR Total Shareholder Return – a combination of share price appreciation and dividends paid 

Picture Reference

Pen Y Bont Farm, Mold – front cover and page 12

The Gunn Inn, West Sussex – page 2

The Poppy Fields, Maidstone – front cover

The Highland Gate, Stirling – page 3

The Elephant at the Market, Newbury – front cover and page 11

Meadow Farm Lodge, Redditch – page 6

The Sweet Chestnut, Dunfermline – page 2

The Farmhouse at Mackworth, Derby – page 11

Pitcher & Piano, Swansea – page 2

The Firestation, Waterloo – pages 12 and 13

The Penny Hedge, Whitby – pages 2 and 12

The Goodfellowship, Hull – page 12

Marston’s Brewery, Burton upon Trent – page 2

The Queen of the Loch, Balloch – pages 14 and 15

A full list of new openings during the year is available on our website www.marstons.co.uk

128

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar | ry.com 

This report has been printed on materials that are FSC Certified and sourced from a mill which is ISO14001 accredited.

The report is printed by an FSC and ISO14001 certified printer, using vegetable oil based inks and an alcohol free process.

M

a

r

s

t

o

n

’

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

marston's plc

Marston's House, Brewery Road, Wolverhampton WV1 4JT

Telephone 01902 711811 
Registered No. 31461